-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, HsjENEO8zP/X7HNTiO+tFLQRuYgut006YA8wPDQQawO25lgjvy2RVclRXUFJhM7y Su6RbRfAX8sfCiT8YulBug== 0000950129-04-003093.txt : 20040510 0000950129-04-003093.hdr.sgml : 20040510 20040510163934 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950129-04-003093 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-3 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 5 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040510 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: INPUT OUTPUT INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000866609 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: MEASURING & CONTROLLING DEVICES, NEC [3829] IRS NUMBER: 222286646 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0531 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-3 SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-115345 FILM NUMBER: 04793619 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 11104 W AIRPORT BLVD STREET 2: SUITE 200 CITY: STAFFORD STATE: TX ZIP: 77477 BUSINESS PHONE: 2819333339 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 11104 W AIRPORT BLVD STREET 2: SUITE 200 CITY: STAFFORD STATE: TX ZIP: 77477 S-3 1 h14972sv3.htm INPUT/OUTPUT, INC. sv3
Table of Contents

Registration No. 333-          


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Input/Output, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware 22-2286646
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

12300 Parc Crest Drive

Stafford, Texas 77477
(281) 933-3339
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Offices)


David L. Roland, Esq.
Vice President—General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Input/ Output, Inc.
12300 Parc Crest Drive
Stafford, Texas 77477
(281) 933-3339
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

     
Marc H. Folladori, Esq.
  G. Michael O’Leary, Esq.
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  David C. Buck, Esq.
1301 McKinney, Suite 5100
  Andrews Kurth LLP
Houston, Texas 77010
  600 Travis, Suite 4200
(713) 651-5151
  Houston, Texas 77002
    (713) 220-4200


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box.    o

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box.    o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.    o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                 


Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Amount to be Offering Price Aggregate Offering Amount of
Securities to be Registered Registered(1) Per Unit Price(1) Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (including the associated preferred stock purchase rights)
  17,600,000   $7.58(1)   $133,408,000   $16,903


(1)  Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act) solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee, based upon the average of the high and low sales prices of the Registrant’s common stock on May 7, 2004, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.


     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued May 10, 2004

                           Shares

(INPUT-OUTPUT, INC. LOGO)

COMMON STOCK


We are offering                      shares. The selling stockholders, none of whom are our directors, officers, employees or their affiliates, are offering                    shares.


Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “IO.” On May 7, 2004, the reported last sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $7.58 per share.


On May 10, 2004, we agreed to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of GX Technology Corporation. Completion of this offering is conditioned upon our closing of the acquisition of GX Technology Corporation. See “Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Planned Acquisition of GXT.”


Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.


PRICE $                  A SHARE


                 
Underwriting
Price to Discounts and Proceeds to Proceeds to
Public Commissions Input/Output, Inc. Selling Stockholders




Per Share
  $   $   $   $
Total
  $   $   $   $

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                      shares to cover over-allotments.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated expects to deliver the shares to purchasers on                     , 2004.


MORGAN STANLEY

 
JOHNSON RICE & COMPANY L.L.C. SANDERS MORRIS HARRIS

               , 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    16  
    29  
    30  
    31  
    31  
    32  
    33  
 Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements     36  
 Selected Consolidated Financial Data     44  
 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of Operations     47  
    63  
    75  
 Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions     79  
    80  
    81  
    82  
    87  
    89  
    89  
    90  
    90  
 Index to Financial Statements F-1  
 Stock Purchase Agreement
 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP


      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, offering to sell shares of common stock or seeking offers to buy shares of common stock in any jurisdiction where offers and sales are not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of the common stock offered hereby. As used in this prospectus, “Input/ Output,” “I/ O,” “company,” “we,” “our,” “ours” and “us” refer to Input/ Output, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires or as otherwise indicated.


i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights selected information about us, this offering and our acquisition of GX Technology Corporation (GXT) contained elsewhere in this prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference. This summary is not complete and may not contain all of the information that is important to you. We encourage you to read this prospectus, including the information under the caption “Risk Factors,” the information we incorporate by reference, and the documents to which we refer you in their entirety.

Company Overview

      We are a leading provider of seismic imaging technology used by oil and gas companies and seismic contractors for exploration, appraisal, development and reservoir monitoring in both land and marine environments. We add value for our customers by providing technologies and services to collect seismic data and develop geophysical images to find, develop and extract hydrocarbons more quickly and economically. We offer a full suite of related products and services for seismic data acquisition and processing without owning vessels or maintaining crews typically used in the field to acquire seismic data.

      Our strategy is to be the leading company in delivering cost-effective seismic imaging technologies, from designing and planning seismic surveys to acquiring and processing seismic data— which we refer to as the “seismic value chain.” Through recent acquisitions, we have implemented our strategy to reposition our business from being primarily an equipment and technology provider to offering our customers full-seismic imaging solutions. We believe our technologies and solutions will improve exploration and production economics for the energy industry. Our seismic data acquisition products are well suited for both traditional three-dimensional (3-D) and time-lapse, or four-dimensional (4-D), data collection as well as more advanced multi-component — or full-wave — seismic data collection techniques. Based on historical revenues, we believe that we are a market leader in numerous product lines, such as geophones, navigation and data management software and marine positioning systems. Through our AXIS business unit, we also offer advanced seismic data processing and imaging services, with a particular focus on land environments.

      On February 23, 2004, we acquired Concept Holdings Systems Limited. Concept Systems, based in Scotland, is a leading provider of integrated planning, navigation and data management software and solutions for towed streamer, seabed and land seismic operations. Its software is installed on the majority of towed streamer marine vessels worldwide and has rapidly become an integral component of redeployable and permanent seabed monitoring systems. Concept Systems also offers services to assist oil and gas companies in implementing 4-D seismic programs to permanently monitor hydrocarbon reservoirs. Its software and services will complement our marine control and positioning equipment and VectorSeis digital sensor technologies. This acquisition will also extend our services offering to the design and optimization of 4-D reservoir monitoring (or life-of-field) seismic projects. See “Recent Developments” below for a further description of the Concept Systems acquisition.

1


Table of Contents

Planned Acquisition of GXT

      On May 10, 2004, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with GXT and its stockholders to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of GXT, a leading provider of seismic data processing and subsurface imaging services to oil and gas companies. GXT is focused on marine environments and specializes in providing customized imaging solutions utilizing GXT’s expertise in computer processing technology. The scope of GXT’s products and services has expanded over time in response to increased demand from its customers for enhanced technologies. Revenues have grown from $18.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2001 to $41.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2003. Income from operations for the same periods increased from $1.0 million to $6.2 million. During 2003, GXT expanded its business to include full-scope seismic services through its Integrated Seismic Solutions (ISS) offering and related services. This expanded offering of products and services resulted in continued revenue and earnings growth. For the nine months ended March 31, 2004 GXT’s revenues grew to $47.2 million, a 58% increase compared to the same period during its prior fiscal year. Income from operations grew 55% to $7.2 million over the same period. GXT’s EBITDA for the nine months ended March 31, 2004 was $17.6 million, reflecting continued growth across all product and service lines. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Data” on page 14. We expect to complete the GXT acquisition concurrently with the completion of this offering.

 
Anticipated Benefits of GXT Acquisition

      We believe that the acquisition of GXT will provide us with several strategic benefits:

      More Balanced Position in the Seismic Value Chain. The GXT acquisition will solidify our transition from primarily manufacturing seismic data collection equipment to providing full-scope seismic technology solutions. In addition, the GXT acquisition will strengthen our expertise and capabilities at each technology link in the seismic value chain, from survey planning and design to data collection management and pre-processing to image development. This broader, more technology-focused and seismic-oriented presence will enable us to deliver additional integrated, full-service imaging solutions to our customers. Additionally, we expect that the more consistent service-based revenue streams from GXT’s business will lessen the historical volatility in our revenues from original equipment manufacturing.

      More Service and Technology Intensive Business Model. We believe that the GXT acquisition will increase our emphasis on human capital, service and technology. We will own advanced technologies across the entire seismic spectrum — from survey planning through final image development, including the critical technologies associated with full-wave imaging. These technologies will include our digital, full-wave sensor (VectorSeis) and GXT’s multi-component processing capability. While we focus on delivering integrated seismic solutions, we do not intend to participate in the traditional, capital-intensive logistical aspects of field data collection. Our approach differs from the conventional seismic contracting model in which significant investment is required for logistics assets, such as boats and crews to collect data in the field.

      Accelerated Development of Imaging Solutions. GXT’s advanced imaging technology, particularly pre-stack depth and time migration solutions, as well as its experience in deep marine environments, complements the advanced velocity imaging technology and experience in land environments that we have developed in our AXIS group. GTX’s pre-stack depth migration

2


Table of Contents

solutions involve advanced processing techniques to convert seismic wave time-based information to depth-based information. This conversion to depth-based data is relied upon by geologists to more accurately map subsurface structures. GXT’s pre-stack depth migration techniques are well suited for complex hydrocarbon reservoirs and deeper drilling targets. The accurate time-to-depth conversion that GXT’s techniques feature is important in processing digital, full-wave data from next-generation sensors, including our VectorSeis sensors. We believe that the combination of our technologies, bases of experience and technology development teams will enable us to accelerate our seismic technology development and advance our capabilities to provide improved digital full-wave imaging solutions.

      Enhanced Ability to Service the Full Reservoir Life Cycle. The GXT acquisition will improve our ability to provide seismic imaging solutions throughout the life cycle of an oil or natural gas reservoir. The combination of our digital seismic data collection and monitoring technology and AXIS’ processing and imaging capabilities, when combined with GXT’s advanced processing and imaging expertise, will improve our ability to extend the use of our seismic services across the productive life of the reservoir.

      Expanded Collaboration with Oil and Gas Customers. GXT has standing relationships with major, independent and national oil and gas companies. We intend to leverage these relationships to provide full-scope seismic solutions through GXT’s ISS services. We believe this approach will enable us to increase the use of our seismic data acquisition and monitoring technologies and services by these oil and gas companies and the seismic contractors who work with them. We also intend to use the relationships to better understand our target customers’ geophysical needs and to develop technologies and services that better address those needs.

 
Transaction Structure

      We have agreed to pay a total of approximately $134.5 million in cash to purchase all outstanding shares of capital stock of GXT. The purchase price includes cash payments for the cancellation of certain outstanding GXT stock options. Under the stock purchase agreement, GXT stock options not extinguished for cash will become options to purchase I/O common stock. These stock options will by “in-the-money” by an estimated aggregate amount of $15.5 million when assumed upon completion of the GXT acquisition and will be fully vested, but they will not be exercisable until 90 days following the closing of the GXT acquisition.

      In addition, approximately $5.0 million of the purchase price will be held in escrow for one year to facilitate recourse for us in the event of certain breaches or violations of representations and covenants made by GXT or its stockholders under the stock purchase agreement.

      Approximately $100.0 million of the purchase price for GXT will be funded from the net proceeds of this offering, and the remaining $34.5 million of the purchase price will be funded through borrowings under a proposed new revolving line of credit (New Credit Facility) that we expect to have in place by the time we complete this offering. For a description of the New Credit Facility, see “GXT Acquisition — Anticipated New Credit Facility.” Completion of this offering is conditioned upon the completion of the GXT acquisition.

      The completion of the GXT acquisition is subject to a number of conditions, including the absence of a material breach by either party of its respective representations or covenants contained in the purchase agreement, the absence of a material adverse effect on either party and the delivery

3


Table of Contents

of legal opinions and other documentation on behalf of each party. In addition, the transaction will not close until the waiting period required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976, as amended, has expired or been terminated. The parties have the right to terminate the GXT acquisition if it is not completed by August 15, 2004. We may also terminate the transaction if we are unable to satisfy our financing requirements to fund the purchase price for the acquisition.

Our Strengths and Challenges

      We believe our strengths include the following:

      A Leader in Subsurface Imaging Technology. We believe that our technology is central to the development of digital full-wave imaging. We expect full-wave imaging to be the next generation of seismic data acquisition and processing. Combined with those of GXT, our proprietary technologies will include our:

  VectorSeis digital sensors, which allow full-wave data acquisition on land, on the seabed and in-well, and which have been proven effective in nearly 100 field surveys worldwide;
 
  processing services incorporating our AXIS subsidiary’s AZIM processing technology, along with GXT’s processing technologies, which, when combined with VectorSeis data, result in higher quality seismic images;
 
  positioning and streamer control systems, which support accurate and repeatable surveys in marine applications; and
 
  data management software, which facilitates the collection and integration of acquired data streams.

      We believe we have a leading market share in a number of important seismic technologies, including digital sensors, geophones, navigation and data management software, positioning and streamer control systems and anisotropic processing.

      Experienced Management. Our executive management team has extensive experience in the seismic technology and services industry. In April 2003, Robert P. Peebler became our Chief Executive Officer after serving as a member of our Board of Directors since 1999. Mr. Peebler has over 30 years experience in the oil and gas industry, during which he has focused most of his time on recognizing and commercializing new technology to enhance hydrocarbon exploration and production. To help lead the development and implementation of our seismic image-focused strategy, Mr. Peebler recruited several new senior executives to augment our management team, including Jorge Machnizh, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, J. Michael Kirksey, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Chris Friedemann, Vice President— Commercial Development, and Jim Hollis, Vice President— Land Imaging Systems. In addition, Bjarte Fageraas, who served as our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since 2001, has become Vice President— Marine Imaging Systems. The Concept Systems acquisition further augmented our management team, adding Alastair Hay, Managing Director of Concept Systems, and Alan Faichney, Director of Technology of Concept Systems, among others. With the GXT acquisition, we intend for Mick Lambert, currently President and Chief Executive Officer of GXT,

4


Table of Contents

to continue to lead the GXT operations and join our senior management group. In addition, we will inherit an accomplished GXT management team with proven success in the development and commercial application of seismic processing technology.

      Strategic Alliances with Oil Companies. In October 2003, we entered into a non-binding memorandum of understanding to form a strategic seismic technology alliance with Apache Corporation, a leading independent oil and gas exploration and production company. This alliance is designed to accelerate the adoption of our VectorSeis sensor and AZIM processing and imaging technologies while solving some of the more complex reservoir problems in Apache’s global portfolio. We are pursuing similar strategic alliances with other oil and gas exploration and production companies. The collaborative relationships that GXT has established with oil and gas companies will contribute to these efforts.

      Global Presence. We have resources and operations located in the historical North American oil and gas centers of Houston, New Orleans and Denver as well as key oil and gas centers around the world, including the Middle East, North Sea, Beijing and Moscow. This global presence gives us the local contacts necessary to be responsive with our growing international customer base. GXT adds to this capability with offices in Calgary, London and Aberdeen.

      Despite these strengths, we continue to face a number of serious challenges in our business. We experienced operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the seven months ended December 31, 2000, and the years ended May 31, 2000 and 1999. As of December 31, 2003, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $158.5 million. A number of factors have contributed to our operating losses, including a general downturn in the seismic equipment market, significant charges related to our restructuring activities and research and development expenditures.

      Furthermore, our business is subject to numerous risks. Since our current strategy depends, to a large extent, on market acceptance of our VectorSeis products and other seismic technology, any actual or perceived failures in the performance or reliability of those products would negatively impact our sales and results of operations. In addition, our reliance on a relatively small number of significant customers has traditionally exposed us to risks related to customer concentration. For a discussion of the risks related to our business, please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

Our Strategy

      Our goal is to integrate the next generation of sensors and processing technology into seismic imaging solutions that will enable oil and gas companies to more cost-effectively find and manage reservoirs throughout the production life cycle. We intend to do this by building on our current technology platforms through both internal development and selective acquisitions. In addition, we intend to use our technology to lower the cost and shorten the cycle times of seismic surveys by replacing labor-intensive processes with more efficient, technology-based systems. Specifically, we intend to:

      Lead the Next Generation of Seismic Imaging Technology. The reservoir discovery and management process has grown increasingly challenging due to greater reservoir depths, more complex and subtle reservoir structures and the need to track fluid movements within hydrocarbon reservoirs. Conventional analog sensor and seismic processing technology has matured and proven unable to adequately meet these more difficult reservoir challenges. Our digital VectorSeis sensor captures significantly greater data than conventional analog sensors. We believe that using

5


Table of Contents

VectorSeis sensors in conjunction with the advanced processing techniques of AXIS and GXT generally produces more detailed, better quality seismic images than conventional seismic technology. We believe that these improved images will enable oil and gas companies to more economically find and develop the deeper and more geologically complex and subtle hydrocarbon fields that they are increasingly exploring and developing. We believe our integrated service and technology offerings across the seismic value chain and our digital sensor and full-wave processing technologies will position us as one of the leaders in subsurface imaging technologies.

      Extend Our Seismic Imaging Solutions Across the Full Reservoir Life Cycle. In the past, seismic imaging has been used primarily to assist in hydrocarbon exploration, rather than in developing, or enhancing production from, a proven field. By comparing detailed images of the same reservoir at different points in time, oil and gas companies can track fluid movements and enhance production from a reservoir. We intend to leverage the strength of Concept Systems in designing and managing 4-D life-of-field projects to work with oil and gas companies to apply our seismic imaging technology to reservoir development and production, as well as exploration. These technologies will include processing services, such as those provided by GXT.

      Reduce the Costs and Cycle Time of the Seismic Process. We intend to collaborate with oil and gas companies through survey planning, data acquisition, processing and image development in order to deliver seismic image solutions. We believe that there are efficiencies to be gained from integrating the process components and improving sequencing and outsourcing logistics, which should shorten the overall cycle time as well as reduce the overall cost of the seismic process to oil and gas companies.

      Make Selective Acquisitions. We intend to pursue selective acquisitions of products and services that accelerate the adoption of our advanced seismic imaging products and services. We seek to acquire and integrate technologies and services that will expand our ability to provide next generation imaging services and products to oil and gas companies and seismic contractors throughout the life of a reservoir. We will continue to identify, evaluate and pursue acquisitions of products, services and organizations that are strategically important to us and our growth strategy. In February 2004, we acquired Concept Systems. We plan to complete the acquisition of GXT concurrently with the consummation of this offering. See “Planned Acquisition of GXT” above and “Recent Developments” below.

      Expand Our Strategic Alliances. We intend to pursue strategic alliances with oil and gas exploration and production companies, which we believe will enable us to more effectively influence technology and equipment deployment in the seismic value chain. These alliances will also provide us with the opportunity to directly market our technology and services for use throughout the reservoir life cycle. Working directly with oil and gas companies will also provide us with valuable information to guide our product development efforts. Our strategic alliance with Apache Corporation is the first of these alliances that we are pursuing. We believe that GXT’s collaborative relationships with oil and gas customers should help us develop other relationships. In addition, we intend to enhance our current relationships with seismic contractors.

Industry Overview

      Oil and gas companies have traditionally used seismic data to reduce exploration risk by creating an image of the subsurface. Typically, an oil and gas company contracts with a geophysical

6


Table of Contents

logistics contracting company to acquire seismic data in a selected area. The contractor will often rely on third parties, such as I/ O, to provide the contractor with the technology and equipment necessary for data acquisition. After collection, either the geophysical contractor or another data processor processes the data through algorithms designed to create a seismic image. Geoscientists then interpret the data by reviewing the image and integrating known facts about the surrounding geology.

      In recent years, two principal factors have negatively affected demand for seismic data by oil and gas companies: the maturation of 3-D data collection technology and the business model adopted by geophysical contractors to leverage large fixed investments in equipment. The advent of commercial 3-D seismic data collection in the 1980s caused a sharp increase in demand for seismic data as oil and gas companies sought to capitalize on the improved images from 3-D technology compared to those from 2-D technology. Recently, however, without advances beyond 3-D in imaging technology, oil and gas companies have not had a compelling reason to maintain a high rate of purchasing seismic surveys. Much of the current demand for conventional analog 3-D seismic surveys comes from areas where use of the technology was not quickly adopted, such as China and the Commonwealth of Independent States (CIS).

      The traditional business model employed by geophysical contractors has also impacted demand. In an effort to achieve higher utilization of the large investments needed to conduct 3-D surveys, geophysical contractors increasingly began to collect speculative surveys for their own account as customer-requested demand for surveys declined. Contractors typically selected an area, acquired data using generic acquisition parameters and generic processing algorithms, capitalized the acquisition costs and sold the survey results to multiple parties. These general speculative surveys were not tailored to meet a particular request and caused an oversupply of seismic data. Additionally, since contractors incurred most of the costs of speculative seismic data at the time of acquisition, contractors lowered prices to recover as much of the fixed investment as possible which, in the process, drove margins down.

      We believe that the demand for seismic services will increase. Accelerating global reservoir decline rates coupled with recent reserve writedowns have increased the pressure on oil and gas companies to discover additional reserves. We expect these increased exploration demands to drive increased demand for seismic technology and services. Additionally, oil and gas companies are focusing on deeper hydrocarbon reservoirs with more complex and more subtle structures, making development more challenging. As a result, oil and gas companies are increasingly using seismic data to enhance the development of and production from known fields. By repeating a seismic survey over a defined area, oil and gas companies can detect untapped areas of a reservoir and adjust their drilling program to optimize production. Such time-lapse seismic images are referred to as 4-D surveys and make seismic data relevant to the entire life cycle of the reservoir.

      We also believe that oil and gas companies will increasingly value seismic technology providers who will collaborate with them to tailor surveys that address specific geophysical problems and to apply advanced digital sensor and imaging technologies that account for the geologic peculiarities of a specific area. We believe oil and gas companies will rely less on undifferentiated, mass seismic studies created using analog sensors and traditional processing technologies that do not adequately identify geologic complexities such as lithology and fluid properties.

7


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

      In December 2003, we issued $60.0 million of convertible unsecured notes, which mature in December 2008 and bear interest at an annual rate of 5.5%, payable semi-annually. The notes, which are not redeemable by us prior to their maturity, are convertible into our common stock at an initial conversion rate of 231.4815 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes (a conversion price of $4.32 per share), which represents approximately 13.9 million total common shares. A portion of the proceeds from the convertible notes offering was applied to repay the remaining $16.0 million outstanding indebtedness under an unsecured promissory note scheduled to mature on May 7, 2004, which bore interest at 13% per annum.

      In accordance with the terms of a registration rights agreement we entered into with the initial purchaser of the convertible notes, we filed a registration statement with the SEC covering resales of the convertible notes and underlying shares of common stock that could be acquired on conversion. On April 30, 2004, this registration statement was declared effective. As a result, and subject to certain exceptions, the convertible notes and approximately 13.9 million shares of common stock that may be acquired on conversion of the convertible notes will become free of previously existing restrictions upon their resale under that registration statement.

      On February 23, 2004, we purchased all of the share capital of Concept Systems in a privately negotiated transaction. The total purchase price was approximately $38.4 million in cash, including acquisition costs, and 1,680,000 shares of our common stock. On February 23, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $6.41 per share. The cash used to acquire Concept Systems was primarily from the proceeds of our convertible notes offering completed in December 2003 and from general corporate funds. A portion of the cash component of the purchase price was used to pay down certain outstanding debt of Concept Systems totaling approximately $26.0 million. In connection with the acquisition, we granted to former Concept Systems securityholders certain demand and piggyback registration rights for the shares of our common stock issued in the transaction.

      On April 28, 2004, we announced that Terra Seismic Services A/S, a seismic contractor headquartered in Oslo, Norway, had become the first customer to purchase our VectorSeis Ocean redeployable seabed system. Capable of operating in depths down to approximately 6,500 feet of water, this VectorSeis Ocean system will initially be deployed in the Gulf of Mexico to acquire data for use by a major integrated oil and gas company. We recognized revenue of approximately $3.1 million from this sale in the first quarter of 2004, and expect to receive additional revenues from Terra Seismic of approximately $12.0 million over the next 18 months.

Trademarks, Service Marks and Registered Marks

      The information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus contains references to trademarks, service marks and registered marks of Input/ Output and our subsidiaries, as indicated. Except where stated otherwise or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “VectorSeis,” “Tescorp,” “DigiCourse” and “VectorSeis System Four” refer to our VectorSeis®, Tescorp®, DigiCourse® and VectorSeis System Four® registered marks, and the terms “AZIM,” “True Digital,” “DigiShot,” “Applied MEMS,” “MRX,” “RSR,” “Vib Pro” and “Image” refer to our AZIMTM, True DigitalTM, DigiShotTM, Applied MEMSTM, MRXTM, RSRTM, Vib ProTM and ImageTM trademarks and service marks.

8


Table of Contents

Principal Executive Offices

      Our principal executive offices are located at 12300 Parc Crest Drive, Stafford, Texas 77477. Our telephone number at that location is (281) 933-3339.

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 
Common stock offered by Input/ Output, Inc.                             shares
Common stock offered by selling stockholders                            shares
     Total                            shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering                            shares
 
Over-allotment option                            shares
 
Use of proceeds The net proceeds we receive from this offering are expected to be used to pay a portion of the purchase price for the GXT acquisition. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds” on page 30.
 
Dividend Policy We do not expect to pay dividends on our shares of common stock for the foreseeable future.
 
New York Stock Exchange symbol IO

      The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 53,126,054 shares outstanding as of April 30, 2004 and, unless we indicate otherwise, excludes:

  6,231,287 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option and stock incentive plans and agreements, of which options to purchase 5,719,131 shares at an average exercise price of $8.00 were outstanding as of April 30, 2004;
 
  13,888,888 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our 5.5% senior convertible notes due 2008;
 
  shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of I/O stock options (estimated to be       million options) granted in connection with the GXT acquisition; and
 
                         shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase solely to cover over-allotments.

RISK FACTORS

      In evaluating an investment in our common stock, prospective investors should carefully consider, along with the other information set forth in this prospectus, the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

10


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

      The following data (except pro forma data), insofar as they relate to each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 2003 and the notes thereto, incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The following data (except pro forma data) relating to the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2004, and the consolidated statements of operations and of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, and the notes thereto, incorporated by reference into this prospectus. With regards to the unaudited consolidated financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or of our future operations.

      The unaudited pro forma statement of operations data gives effect to this offering, the GXT acquisition and our initial borrowings under the New Credit Facility as if those transactions had been consummated on January 1, 2003. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet data give effect to this offering, the GXT acquisition and our initial borrowings under the New Credit Facility as if they had been consummated on March 31, 2004. The unaudited pro forma financial data are not necessarily indicative of operating results or financial position that would have been achieved had the GXT acquisition been consummated on the dates indicated and should not be construed as representative of future operating results or financial position. The following data should be read in conjunction with our historical audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements beginning on page 36, and the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes of GXT beginning on page F-3.

Summary Financial Data of Input/ Output

                                                               
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


Pro Forma Pro Forma
2001 2002 2003 2003 2003 2004 2004







(unaudited) (unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data(1) :
                                                       
 
Net sales
  $ 212,050     $ 118,583     $ 150,033     $ 199,089     $ 41,177     $ 36,287     $ 56,109  
 
Cost of sales
    139,478       101,018       122,192       154,388       32,720       24,026       36,886  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Gross profit
    72,572       17,565       27,841       44,701       8,457       12,261       19,223  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating expenses (income):
                                                       
   
Research and development
    29,442       28,756       18,696       18,696       5,518       4,075       4,075  
   
Marketing and sales
    11,657       11,218       12,566       17,031       2,811       3,299       4,636  
   
General and administrative
    19,695       19,760       16,753       23,883       4,065       4,693       7,141  
   
Gain on sale of assets
                                  (850 )     (850 )
   
Amortization of goodwill
    3,873                                      
   
Impairment of long-lived assets
          6,274       1,120       1,120       1,120              
   
Goodwill impairment
          15,122                                
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total operating expenses
    64,667       81,130       49,135       60,730       13,514       11,217       15,002  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

11


Table of Contents

                                                           
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


Pro Forma Pro Forma
2001 2002 2003 2003 2003 2004 2004







(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(in thousands, except per share data)
 
Income (loss) from operations
    7,905       (63,565 )     (21,294 )     (16,029 )     (5,057 )     1,044       4,221  
 
Interest expense
    (695 )     (3,124 )     (4,087 )     (7,413 )     (1,345 )     (1,496 )     (2,351 )
 
Interest income
    4,685       2,280       1,903       1,903       591       469       469  
 
Fair value adjustment and exchange of warrant obligation
          3,252       1,757       1,757       871              
 
Impairment of investment
                (2,059 )     (2,059 )                  
 
Other income (expense)
    574       (798 )     976       976       249       16       16  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    12,469       (61,955 )     (22,804 )     (20,865 )     (4,691 )     33       2,355  
 
Income tax expense
    3,128       56,770       348       574       588       591       660  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
    9,341       (118,725 )     (23,152 )     (21,439 )     (5,279 )     (558 )     1,695  
 
Preferred dividend
    5,632       947                                
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
  $ 3,709     $ (119,672 )   $ (23,152 )   $ (21,439 )   $ (5,279 )   $ (558 )   $ 1,695  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Basic income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.07     $ (2.35 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.34 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.03  
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    51,166       51,015       51,237       63,737       51,195       52,113       64,613  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.07     $ (2.35 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.34 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.03  
 
Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding
    52,309       51,015       51,237       63,737       51,195       52,113       67,027  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Other Data:
                                                       
 
Capital expenditures
  $ 9,202     $ 8,230     $ 4,587     $       $ 1,395     $ 675     $    
 
Depreciation and amortization
    17,535       13,237       11,444       20,663       3,574       2,422       7,242  
 
EBITDA(2)
    26,014       (47,874 )     (9,176 )     5,308       (363 )     3,482       11,479  
                                   
As of As of
December 31, March 31, 2004


2002 2003 Actual Pro Forma




(in thous ands) (unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
                               
 
Working capital
  $ 114,940     $ 133,467     $ 97,994     $ 83,100  
 
Total assets
    249,594       249,204       260,391       433,118  
 
Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt
    2,142       2,687       2,168       7,108  
 
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    51,430       78,516       78,033       114,512  
 
Stockholders’ equity
    152,486       133,764       143,733       253,234  

(1)  Our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively, include specific charges (where applicable) as discussed in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
 
(2)  EBITDA represents our earnings (loss) before net interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Data” on page 14.

12


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Data of GXT

      The following data for each of the fiscal years of GXT ended June 30, 2002 and 2003, and the nine months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, and as of June 30, 2002 and 2003 and March 31, 2004, have been derived from the historical financial statements of GXT and the related notes of GXT beginning on page F-3. With regard to the unaudited consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, in the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of operating results for a full year or of future operations.

                                               
Nine Months
Ended
Year Ended June 30, March 31,


2001 2002 2003 2003 2004





(in thousands) (unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
 
Revenues
  $ 18,017     $ 21,141     $ 41,019     $ 29,811     $ 47,157  
 
Cost of revenues
    10,689       13,048       24,571       17,533       29,929  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    7,328       8,093       16,448       12,278       17,228  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Operating expenses:
                                       
   
General and administrative
    2,774       3,299       5,934       4,335       6,612  
   
Sales and marketing
    3,532       3,065       4,334       3,306       3,425  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total operating expenses
    6,306       6,364       10,268       7,641       10,037  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income from operations
    1,022       1,729       6,180       4,637       7,191  
 
Interest expense
    (662 )     (530 )     (723 )     (517 )     (665 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes
    360       1,199       5,457       4,120       6,526  
 
Income tax expense
    21       233       826       623       2,359  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 339     $ 966     $ 4,631     $ 3,497     $ 4,167  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Other Data:
                                       
 
EBITDA(1)
  $ 2,557     $ 3,807     $ 12,878     $ 9,523     $ 17,605  
                           
As of June 30, As of March 31,


2002 2003 2004



(in thousands)  (unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
 
Working capital
  $ (666 )   $ (7,708 )   $ (12,935 )
 
Total assets
    16,597       31,031       46,164  
 
Line of credit and current maturities of long-term obligations
    5,602       7,043       8,715  
 
Long-term obligations
    1,661       2,436       2,730  
 
Redeemable preferred stock
    10,446       10,446       10,446  
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (6,953 )     (3,158 )     451  

(1)  EBITDA represents GXT’s earnings (loss) before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. See “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Data” below.

13


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Data

      EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by our management and by external users of financial statements to assess:

  •  the financial performance of assets without regard to financing methods, capital structures or historical cost basis;
 
  •  the ability of assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest on our indebtedness; and
 
  •  operating performance and return on invested capital as compared to those of other companies in the seismic industry, without regard to financing methods and capital structure.

      EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered an alternative to net income, operating income, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). EBITDA excludes some, but not all, items that affect net income and operating income, and these measures may vary among other companies. Limitations to using EBITDA as an analytical tool include the following:

  •  EBITDA does not reflect cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or capital commitments;
 
  •  EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on, debt;
 
  •  although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
 
  •  other companies in the seismic industry may calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

      The following table presents a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures of our and GXT’s EBITDA to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures on a historical basis and on a pro forma basis for each of the periods indicated.

      I/O’s EBITDA represents earnings (loss) before net interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. I/O’s reconciliation of EBITDA to net income (loss) is as follows:

                                                             
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,


Pro Forma Pro Forma
2001 2002 2003 2003 2003 2004 2004







(in thousands) (unaudited)
I/O Reconciliation of EBITDA to Net Income:
                                                       
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 9,341     $ (118,725 )   $ (23,152 )   $ (21,439 )   $ (5,279 )   $ (558 )   $ 1,695  
   
Interest expense
    695       3,124       4,087       7,413       1,345       1,496       2,351  
   
Interest income
    (4,685 )     (2,280 )     (1,903 )     (1,903 )     (591 )     (469 )     (469 )
   
Income tax expense
    3,128       56,770       348       574       588       591       660  
   
Depreciation and amortization expense
    17,535       13,237       11,444       20,784       3,574       2,422       7,242  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
EBITDA
  $ 26,014     $ (47,874 )   $ (9,176 )   $ 5,429     $ (363 )   $ 3,482     $ 11,479  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

14


Table of Contents

      EBITDA of GXT represents GXT’s earnings (loss) before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. GXT’s reconciliation of EBITDA to net income is as follows:

                                                     
Nine Months Three Months
Ended Ended
Year Ended June 30, March 31, March 31,



2001 2002 2003 2003 2004 2004






(unaudited)
(in thousands)
GXT Reconciliation of EBITDA to Net Income:
                                               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 339     $ 966     $ 4,631     $ 3,497     $ 4,167     $ 2,067  
   
Interest expense
    662       530       723       517       666       252  
   
Income tax expense
    21       233       826       623       2,359       1,171  
   
Depreciation and amortization
    1,535       2,078       6,698       4,886       10,413       4,820  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
EBITDA
  $ 2,557     $ 3,807     $ 12,878     $ 9,523     $ 17,605     $ 8,310  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      An investment in our common stock involves risks. The risks described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus, including the documents it incorporates by reference, also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. The following risk factors relate to our current and anticipated business, and would also apply to our company after giving effect to the GXT acquisition.

Risks Related to Our Planned Acquisition of GXT

 
We may not realize the anticipated benefits of the GXT acquisition or be successful in integrating the operations, personnel or technology of GXT.

      There can be no assurance that the anticipated benefits of the GXT acquisition will be realized or that our integration of the operations, personnel and technology of GXT will be successful. The integration of GXT will require the experience and expertise of certain managers and key employees of GXT who are expected to be retained by us. There can be no assurance that the GXT managers and key employees retained by us will remain with us for the time period necessary to successfully integrate GXT into our operations.

 
The GXT acquisition will increase our exposure to the risks experienced by more technology-intensive companies.

      GXT’s business, being more concentrated in processing services and proprietary technologies than our traditional business, will expose us to the risks typically encountered by smaller technology companies that are more dependent on proprietary technology protection and research and development. These risks include:

  future competition from more established companies entering the market;
 
  product obsolescence;
 
  dependence upon continued growth of the market for seismic data processing;
 
  the rate of change in the markets for GXT’s technology and services;
 
  research and development efforts not proving sufficient to keep up with changing market demands;
 
  dependence on third-party software for inclusion in GXT’s products and services;
 
  misappropriation of GXT’s technology by other companies;
 
  alleged or actual infringement of intellectual property rights that could result in substantial additional costs;
 
  recruiting, training and retaining technically skilled personnel that could increase GXT’s costs or limit its growth; and
 
  recent weakening in prices for GXT’s pre-stack depth migration processing services.

 
The GXT acquisition may alienate a number of our traditional seismic contractor customers with whom GXT competes and adversely affect sales to and revenues from those customers.

      GXT’s business in processing seismic data competes with a number of our traditional customers that are seismic contractors. Many of these companies not only offer their customers— generally major, independent and national oil companies— the traditional services of conducting seismic surveys, but also the processing and interpretation of the data acquired from those seismic surveys. In that regard, GXT’s processing services may

16


Table of Contents

directly compete with these contractors’ service offerings and may adversely affect our relationships with them, which could result in reduced sales and revenues from these seismic contractor customers.
 
GXT is named as a defendant in a suit by WesternGeco in connection with GXT’s hiring of certain former WesternGeco employees.

      In December 2002, GXT was named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed by WesternGeco. WesternGeco, a provider of seismic processing technologies, is a competitor of GXT and a significant customer of I/O. In the petition, WesternGeco alleges that GXT engaged in unfair competition, tortious interference and misappropriation of trade secrets and confidential information in connection with its hiring of a small number of former WesternGeco employees. An adverse judgment in the WesternGeco litigation following the GXT acquisition could negatively impact our business, and contentious litigation could injure our existing relationship with WesternGeco.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Common Stock

 
We may not gain rapid market acceptance for our VectorSeis products, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

      We have spent considerable time and capital developing our VectorSeis products line. Because VectorSeis products rely on a new digital sensor, our ability to sell our VectorSeis products will depend on acceptance of our digital sensor and technology solutions by geophysical contractors and exploration and production companies. If our customers do not believe that our digital sensor delivers higher quality data with greater operational efficiency, our results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

      System reliability is an important competitive consideration for seismic data acquisition systems. Even though we attempt to assure that our systems are always reliable in the field, the many technical variables related to operations can cause a combination of factors that can and have from time to time caused service issues with our analog products. If our customers believe that our analog products have reliability issues, then those customers may delay acceptance of our new products and reduce demand for our analog products. Our business, our results of operations and our financial condition, therefore, may be materially adversely affected.

      While we believe that our new VectorSeis System Four land data acquisition system has made significant improvements in both field troubleshooting and reliability compared to our legacy systems, products as complex as this system sometimes contain undetected errors or bugs when first introduced. Despite our testing program, these undetected errors may not be discovered until the product is purchased and used by a customer. If our customers deploy our new products and they do not work correctly, our relationship with our customers may be materially adversely affected. Errors may be found in future releases of our products, and these errors could impair the market acceptance of our products. If our customers do not accept our new products as rapidly as we anticipate, our business, our results of operations and our financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

 
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our operational, growth and debt service needs.

      Our cash and cash equivalents declined from $76.2 million at December 31, 2002 to $59.5 million at December 31, 2003, a decrease of $16.7 million, or 22%. At March 31, 2004, our cash and cash equivalents had decreased to $25 million primarily due to our payment of approximately $38.4 million cash, including acquisition costs, to acquire Concept Systems in February 2004. Our ability to fund our operations, grow our business and to make scheduled payments on our indebtedness and our other obligations, including our convertible notes, will depend on our financial and operating performance, which in turn will be affected by general economic conditions in the energy industry and by many financial, competitive, regulatory and other factors beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future sources of capital will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs.

17


Table of Contents

      If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows to fund our operations, grow our business and satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake additional or alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds that may be realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flows to satisfy debt obligations, or to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms, would materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the convertible notes.

 
The loss of any significant customer could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

      We rely on a relatively small number of significant customers. Consequently, our business is exposed to the risks related to customer concentration. During 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004, BGP, an international seismic contractor and subsidiary of the China National Petroleum Corporation, accounted for approximately 28% and 13%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. In 2002, two of our largest customers, WesternGeco and Laboratory of Regional Geodynamics Limited, were responsible for approximately 11% and 10%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The loss of any of our significant customers or a deterioration in our relations with any of them could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 
Our past business reorganization and facilities closure actions may not yield the benefits we expect and could harm our financial condition, reputation and prospects.

      We have significantly reduced our corporate and operational headcount, closed certain manufacturing facilities and combined certain of our business units. These activities may not yield the benefits we expect, and may raise product costs, delay product production, result in labor disruptions or labor-related legal actions against us or create inefficiencies in our business. In addition, if the markets for our products do not improve, we will take additional restructuring actions to address these market conditions. Any such additional actions could result in additional restructuring charges.

 
If we fail to implement our business strategy, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

      Our future financial performance and success are dependent in large part upon our ability to successfully implement our business strategy to introduce new seismic technologies and to reduce costs through outsourcing manufacturing and certain research and development activities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement our business strategy or improve our operating results. In particular, we cannot assure you that we will be able to stimulate sufficient demand for our VectorSeis products, our AZIM processing services or our traditional analog product line, to execute our growth strategy (including acquisitions) or to sufficiently reduce our costs to achieve required efficiencies. Our strategic direction also may give rise to unforeseen costs, which could wholly or partially offset any expense reductions or other financial benefits we attain as a result of the changes to our business.

      We are in the process of evaluating and may, from time to time in the future, evaluate the acquisition of assets or operations that complement our existing businesses. We cannot estimate what impact, if any, our acquisition of these assets or operations may have on our business.

      Furthermore, we cannot assure you that we will be successful in our acquisition efforts or that we will be able to effectively manage expanded or acquired operations. Our ability to achieve our acquisition or expansion objectives and to effectively manage our growth depends on a number of factors, including:

  our ability to identify appropriate acquisition targets and to negotiate acceptable terms for their acquisition;

18


Table of Contents

  our ability to integrate new businesses into our operations; and
 
  the availability of capital on acceptable terms.

      Our business strategy may require additional funding, which may be provided in the form of additional debt, equity financing or a combination thereof. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain this financing, and if so, on advantageous terms and conditions.

      Implementation of our business strategy could be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, such as increased competition, general economic conditions or increased operating costs. Any failure to successfully implement our business strategy could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We may, in addition, decide to alter or discontinue certain aspects of our business strategy at any time.

 
Technologies and businesses that we acquire may be difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value or divert management attention.

      An important aspect of our current business strategy has been to seek new technologies, products and businesses to broaden the scope of our existing and planned product lines and technologies. Acquisitions may result in unexpected costs, expenses and liabilities. For example, during 2002, we acquired certain assets of S/N Technologies and, in April 2003, we invested $3.0 million in Energy Virtual Partners (EVP). These transactions were not successful, and we have since completely written down the costs of the assets we purchased from S/N Technologies and have written down our investment in EVP to its liquidation value of $1.0 million.

      Our ability to achieve our expansion and acquisition objectives will also depend on the availability of capital on acceptable terms. Our combined businesses resulting from any acquisitions may not be able to generate sufficient operating cash flows in order for us to obtain additional financing or fund our acquisition strategy.

      Acquisitions expose us to:

  increased costs associated with the acquisition and operation of the new businesses or technologies and the management of geographically dispersed operations;
 
  risks associated with the assimilation of new technologies, operations, sites and personnel;
 
  the possible loss of key employees;
 
  risks that any technology we acquire may not perform as well as we had anticipated;
 
  the diversion of management’s attention and other resources from existing business concerns;
 
  the potential inability to replicate operating efficiencies in the acquired company’s operations;
 
  the inability to generate revenues to offset associated acquisition costs;
 
  the continuing need to maintain uniform standards, controls, and procedures;
 
  the impairment of relationships with employees and customers as a result of any integration of new and inexperienced management personnel; and
 
  the risk that acquired technologies do not provide us with the benefits we anticipated.

      Our integration of acquired businesses requires significant efforts from the management of each entity, including coordinating existing business plans and research and development efforts. Integrating operations may distract management’s attention from the day-to-day operation of the combined companies. Ultimately, our attempts to integrate the operations, technology and personnel of acquired businesses may not be successful. If we are unable to successfully integrate acquired businesses, including Concept Systems, which we acquired in February 2004, our future results will be negatively impacted.

19


Table of Contents

      Acquisitions may also result in the issuance of dilutive equity securities, the incurrence or assumption of debt and additional expenses associated with the amortization of acquired intangible assets or potential businesses. There is no assurance that past or future acquisitions will generate additional income, cash flows or provide any benefit to our business.

 
We have developed outsourcing arrangements with third parties to manufacture some of our products. If these third parties fail to deliver quality products or components at reasonable prices on a timely basis, we may alienate some of our customers and our revenues, profitability and cash flow may decline.

      As part of our strategic direction, we are increasing our use of contract manufacturers as an alternative to our own manufacture of products. If, in implementing this outsourcing initiative, we are unable to identify contract manufacturers willing to contract with us on competitive terms and to devote adequate resources to fulfill their obligations to us, or if we do not properly manage these relationships, our existing customer relationships may suffer. In addition, by undertaking this initiative, we are exposed to the risk that the reputation and competitiveness of our products and services may deteriorate as a result of the reduction of our control over quality and delivery schedules. We also may experience supply interruptions, cost escalations and competitive disadvantages if our contract manufacturers fail to develop, implement or maintain manufacturing methods appropriate for our products and customers.

      If any of these risks are realized, our revenues, profitability and cash flow may decline. In addition, as we rely more heavily on contract manufacturers, we may have fewer personnel resources with expertise to manage problems that may arise from these third-party arrangements.

 
The current oversupply of seismic data and downward pricing pressures has, and may continue to, adversely affect our operations and significantly reduce our operating margins and income.

      The current industry-wide oversupply of speculative surveys conducted and collected by geophysical contractors, and their practice of lowering prices to their customers for these surveys in order to recover investments in assets used to conduct 3-D surveys, has in recent years adversely affected our results of operations and financial condition. Particularly during periods of reduced levels of exploration for oil and gas, the oversupply of seismic data and downward pricing pressures limit our ability to meet sales objectives and maintain profit margins for our products and sustain growth of our business. These industry conditions have reduced, and if continued into the future, will reduce, our revenues and operating margins.

 
Oil and gas companies and geophysical contractors will reduce demand for our products and services if the level of exploration expenditures continues to remain relatively low.

      Historically, demand for our products has been sensitive to the level of exploration spending by oil and gas companies and geophysical contractors. Exploration expenditures have tended in the past to follow trends in the price of oil and gas, which have fluctuated widely in recent years in response to relatively minor changes in supply and demand for oil and gas, market uncertainty and a variety of other factors beyond our control. Prolonged reductions in oil and gas prices will generally depress the level of exploration activity and correspondingly depress demand for our products and services. A prolonged downturn in market demand for our products or services will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, we cannot assure you that increases in oil and gas prices will increase demand for our products and services or otherwise have a positive effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

      Factors affecting the prices of oil and gas include:

  level of demand for oil and gas;
 
  worldwide political, military and economic conditions, including the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) to set and maintain production levels and prices for oil;
 
  level of oil and gas production;

20


Table of Contents

  government policies regarding the exploration for, and production and development of, oil and gas reserves in their jurisdictions; and
 
  global weather conditions.

      The markets for oil and gas historically have been volatile and are likely to continue to be so in the future. In addition, we cannot predict the effect that the development of alternative energy sources might have on our operations.

 
We have a history of operating losses and we may have losses in the future.

      As of and for the year ended December 31, 2003, we had:

  an accumulated deficit of approximately $158.5 million; and
 
  incurred loss from operations of $21.3 million and net loss of $23.2 million.

      We also had operating losses and net losses for the year ended December 31, 2002, the seven months ended December 31, 2000 and the year ended May 31, 2000. While we intend to increase our revenues, operating income and net income through acquisitions and internal growth, there can be no assurance we will be successful and our business and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

      Additional funds may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If adequate funds are unavailable from operations or additional sources of financing, we might be forced to reduce or delay acquisitions or capital expenditures, sell assets, reduce operating expenses, refinance all or a portion of our debt, or delay or reduce important initiatives, such as marketing programs and research or development programs.

      In addition, we may seek to raise any necessary additional funds through equity or debt financings, convertible debt financing, alliance arrangements with corporate partners or other sources, which may be dilutive to existing stockholders and may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 
Our debt service obligations and cash requirements to fund our operations could harm our ability to operate our business.

      As of March 31, 2004, after giving effect to the GXT acquisition and the New Credit Facility, on a pro forma basis, we would have had approximately $121.6 million of total indebtedness outstanding (including lease obligations under our facilities lease-back arrangements), and for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and for the year ended December 31, 2003 our interest expense would have been approximately $2.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively. Our level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay when due the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness depends on our future business performance, which is subject to many economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. In addition, we may incur additional debt from time to time to finance strategic acquisitions, investments, joint ventures or for other purposes, subject to the restrictions in the documents governing our indebtedness. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage would increase.

      Our degree of leverage may have important consequences to you, including the following:

  we may have difficulty satisfying our obligations under our indebtedness and, if we fail to comply with these requirements, an event of default could result;
 
  we may be required to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to required payments on indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities;
 
  covenants relating to future debt may limit our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate activities;

21


Table of Contents

  covenants relating to future debt may limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  we may be more vulnerable to the impact of economic downturns and adverse developments in our business; and
 
  we may be placed at a competitive disadvantage against any less leveraged competitors.

      The occurrence of any one of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

      We have typically financed operations from internally generated cash and funds from equity and debt financings. Our cash and cash equivalents decreased $16.7 million, or 22%, from December 31, 2002 to December 31, 2003. This decrease was primarily due to net cash used in operating activities of $33.1 million and the payment of $31.0 million of indebtedness under the unsecured promissory note we had issued to SCF Partners in August 2002 (SCF Note). These factors were partially offset by the $56.5 million of net proceeds from our issuance of convertible securities in December 2003. At March 31, 2004, our cash and cash equivalents had decreased to $25.0 million primarily due to our payment of approximately $38.4 million cash, including acquisition costs, to acquire Concept Systems in February 2004.

      There is increasing risk that our collections cycle will further lengthen as we anticipate a larger percentage of our sales will be to foreign customers, particularly in China and the CIS.

      We cannot assure you that our sources of cash will be sufficient to meet our anticipated future capital requirements. We used a substantial portion of the proceeds from the sale of the convertible notes to repay in full the approximately $16.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the SCF Note and we used a total of $38.4 million cash, including acquisition costs, from such proceeds and from our general corporate funds for the Concept Systems acquisition in February 2004. As a result, the proceeds from the offering of the convertible notes are not available to fund our future capital requirements and contractual obligations.

 
We derive a substantial amount of our revenues from foreign sales, which pose additional risks.

      Sales to destinations outside of North America accounted for approximately 77% of our consolidated net sales for the year ended December 31, 2003, and approximately 80% of our consolidated net sales for the three month period ended March 31, 2004. We believe that export sales will remain a significant percentage of our revenue. United States export restrictions affect the types and specifications of products we can export. Additionally, to complete certain sales, United States laws may require us to obtain export licenses, and we cannot assure you that we will not experience difficulty in obtaining these licenses. Operations and sales in countries other than the United States are subject to various risks peculiar to each country. With respect to any particular country, these risks may include:

  expropriation and nationalization;
 
  political and economic instability;
 
  armed conflict and civil disturbance;
 
  currency fluctuations, devaluations and conversion restrictions;
 
  confiscatory taxation or other adverse tax policies;
 
  tariff regulations and import/export restrictions;
 
  governmental activities that limit or disrupt markets, or restrict payments or the movement of funds; and
 
  governmental activities that may result in the deprivation of contractual rights.

      There is increasing risk that our collections cycle will further lengthen as we anticipate a larger percentage of our sales will be to foreign customers, particularly those in China and the CIS.

22


Table of Contents

      The majority of our foreign sales are denominated in United States dollars. An increase in the value of the dollar relative to other currencies will make our products more expensive, and therefore less competitive, in foreign markets.

      In addition, we are subject to taxation in many jurisdictions and the final determination of our tax liabilities involves the interpretation of the statutes and requirements of taxing authorities worldwide. Our tax returns are subject to routine examination by taxing authorities, and these examinations may result in assessments of additional taxes, penalties and/or interest.

 
The rapid pace of technological change in the seismic industry requires us to make substantial research and development expenditures and could make our products obsolete.

      The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology and frequent product introductions. We must invest substantial capital to maintain a leading edge in technology, with no assurance that we will receive an adequate rate of return on such investments. If we are unable to develop and produce successfully and timely new and enhanced products, we will be unable to compete in the future and our business, our results of operations and financial condition will be materially adversely affected.

 
Competition from sellers of seismic data acquisition systems and equipment is intensifying and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

      Our industry is highly competitive. Our competitors have been consolidating into better-financed companies with broader product lines. Certain of our competitors are affiliated with seismic contractors, which forecloses a portion of the market to us. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition, more extensive engineering, manufacturing and marketing capabilities, and greater financial, technical and personnel resources than those available to us. Our ability to compete effectively in the manufacture and sale of seismic instruments and data acquisition systems depends principally upon continued technological innovation, as well as our reputation for quality, our ability to deliver on schedule and price.

      Our competitors have expanded or improved their product lines, which has adversely affected our results of operations. One competitor has introduced a lightweight land seismic system that we believe has made our current land system more difficult to sell at acceptable margins. In addition, another competitor introduced a marine solid streamer product that competes with our oil-filled towed streamer product. Streamers are towed behind marine vessels to acquire seismic data in marine environments and can either be solid or oil-filled. Our net sales of marine streamers have been, and will continue to be, adversely affected by customer preferences for solid products. In May 2003, we decided to cancel our internal project to develop a solid streamer product.

 
Further consolidation among our significant customers could materially adversely affect us.

      Historically, a relatively small number of customers has accounted for the majority of our net sales in any period. In recent years, our customers have been rapidly consolidating, thereby shrinking the demand for our products. The loss of any of our significant customers to further consolidation could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 
Large fluctuations in our sales and gross margins can result in operating losses.

      As our products are technologically complex, we experience a very long sales cycle. In addition, the revenues from any particular sale can vary greatly from our expectations due to changes in customer requirements. These factors create substantial fluctuations in our net sales from period to period. Variability in our gross margins compound the uncertainty associated with our sales cycle. Our gross margins are affected by the following factors:

  pricing pressures from our customers and competitors;
 
  product mix sold in a period;
 
  inventory obsolescence;

23


Table of Contents

  unpredictability of warranty costs;
 
  changes in sales and distribution channels;
 
  availability and pricing of raw materials and purchased components; and
 
  absorption of manufacturing costs through volume production.

      We must establish our expenditure levels for product development, sales and marketing and other operating expenses based, in large part, on our forecasted net sales and gross margins. As a result, if net sales or gross margins fall below our forecasted expectations, our operating results and financial condition are likely to be adversely affected because not all of our expenses vary with our revenues.

 
Write-offs related to the impairment of long-lived assets and other non-cash charges may adversely impact our profitability.

      We may incur significant non-cash charges related to impairment write-downs of our long-lived assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we recorded an impairment charge of $15.1 million in 2002 relating to our analog land products reporting unit. Also, in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” we recorded an impairment charge relating to other long-lived assets of $6.3 million in 2002 (relating to the impairment of our Alvin, Texas manufacturing facility, the leasehold improvements in our Norwich, U.K. geophone stringing facility and certain related manufacturing equipment at both facilities) and $1.1 million in 2003 (relating to the cancellation of our solid streamer project within our Marine Imaging segment in the first quarter of 2003).

      We will continue to incur non-cash charges related to amortization of other intangible assets. We are required to perform periodic impairment reviews of our goodwill at least annually. To the extent these reviews conclude that the carrying value of our goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, we will be required to record an impairment charge to write down our goodwill to its implied fair value. Also, we periodically evaluate the net realizable values of our other long-lived assets. To the extent these reviews conclude that the expected future cash flows generated from our business activities are not sufficient to recover the cost of our other long-lived assets, we will be required to measure and record an impairment charge to write down these assets to their net realizable values. We conduct our annual goodwill assessment in the fourth quarter of each year. We cannot assure you that upon completion of this and subsequent reviews, a material impairment charge will not be recorded. If this and future periodic reviews determine that our assets are impaired and a write down is required, it will adversely impact or delay our profitability.

 
Our outsourcing relationships may require us to purchase inventory when demand for products produced by third-party manufacturers is low.

      Under a few of our outsourcing arrangements, our contract manufacturers purchase agreed-upon inventory levels to meet our forecasted demand. Since we typically operate without a significant backlog of orders for our products, our manufacturing plans and inventory levels are principally based on sales forecasts. If demand proves to be less than we originally forecasted, these contract manufacturers have the right to require us to purchase any excess or obsolete inventory. Should we be required to purchase inventory under these provisions, we may have to hold inventory that we may never utilize.

      To date, we have not been required to purchase any fixed amount of excess inventory under our outsourcing arrangements, and we have no existing obligation to purchase any such fixed amount of excess inventory. We are in the process of revising our sales forecasting techniques with our Contract Manufacturers, providing short-term forecasts (usually less than three months) rather than long-term forecasts, which should assist with mitigating the risk that we will significantly overestimate our inventory needs from these outsourcers.

24


Table of Contents

 
We may be unable to obtain broad intellectual property protection for our current and future products and we may become involved in intellectual property disputes.

      We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technologies. We believe that the technological and creative skill of our employees, new product developments, frequent product enhancements, name recognition and reliable product maintenance are the foundations of our competitive advantage. Although we have a considerable portfolio of patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, these property rights offer us only limited protection. Our competitors may attempt to copy aspects of our products despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, or may design around the proprietary features of our products. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary rights is difficult, and we are sometimes unable to determine the extent to which such use occurs. Our difficulties are compounded in certain foreign countries where the laws do not offer as much protection for proprietary rights as the laws of the United States.

      Third parties inquire and claim from time to time that we have infringed upon their intellectual property rights. Any such claims, with or without merit, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, result in injunctions, require product modifications, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing arrangements. Such claims could have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and financial condition.

      As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any parties that intend to pursue intellectual property claims against us.

 
Significant payment defaults under extended financing arrangements could adversely affect us.

      We often sell to customers on payment terms other than cash on delivery. We allow many of our customers to finance substantial purchases of our products through the issuance to us of promissory notes. The terms of these promissory notes initially range from eight months to five years. As of March 31, 2004, we had outstanding accounts receivable of approximately $33.9 million and notes receivable of approximately $17.9 million. Significant payment defaults by customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

      Approximately $10.6 million of our total notes receivable outstanding at March 31, 2004 related to one customer, a subsidiary of a major Russian energy company. During 2003, this customer became delinquent on approximately $0.8 million of its scheduled principal and interest payments, in addition to becoming delinquent on $1.8 million of its trade payable to us. In January 2004, we refinanced the delinquent portion of its notes and accounts payable to us into a new note totaling $2.6 million, with payments due in equal installments over a twelve month period. Based on our internal credit review and meetings with the customer and its parent company, we expect the customer will pay all of its obligations in full and, therefore, no allowance has been established for these receivables.

      With respect to customer defaults, our levels of expense for loan loss in recent periods have been as follows:

         
Period Ended Expense for Loan Loss


(in thousands)
Year ended May 31, 2000
  $ 7,057  
Seven months ended December 31, 2000
    1,305  
Year ended December 31, 2001
    1,577  
Year ended December 31, 2002
    158  
Year ended December 31, 2003
     

      The above table of expense for loan loss may not be indicative of future trends.

25


Table of Contents

 
Our operations, and the operations of our customers, are subject to numerous government regulations, which could adversely limit our operating flexibility.

      Our operations are subject to laws, regulations, government policies and product certification requirements worldwide. Changes in such laws, regulations, policies or requirements could affect the demand for our products or result in the need to modify products, which may involve substantial costs or delays in sales and could have an adverse effect on our future operating results. Our export activities are also subject to extensive and evolving trade regulations. Certain countries are subject to restrictions, sanctions and embargoes imposed by the United States government. These restrictions, sanctions and embargoes also prohibit or limit us from participating in certain business activities in those countries. Our operations are subject to numerous local, state and federal laws and regulations in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions concerning the containment and disposal of hazardous materials, the remediation of contaminated properties and the protection of the environment. These laws have been changed frequently in the past, and there can be no assurance that future changes will not have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, our customers’ operations are also significantly impacted by laws and regulations concerning the protection of the environment and endangered species. Consequently, changes in governmental regulations applicable to our customers may reduce demand for our products. For instance, regulations regarding the protection of marine mammals in the Gulf of Mexico may reduce demand for our airguns and other marine products. To the extent that our customers’ operations are disrupted by future laws and regulations, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

 
Disruption in vendor supplies will adversely affect our results of operations.

      Our manufacturing processes require a high volume of quality components. Certain components used by us are currently provided by only one supplier. We may, from time to time, experience supply or quality control problems with suppliers, and these problems could significantly affect our ability to meet production and sales commitments. Reliance on certain suppliers, as well as industry supply conditions, generally involves several risks, including the possibility of a shortage or a lack of availability of key components and increases in component costs and reduced control over delivery schedules; any of these could adversely affect our future results of operations.

 
Our stock price may fluctuate, and your investment in our stock could decline in value.

      The average daily trading volume of our common stock for the three months ended March 31, 2004, was approximately 665,289 shares. The trading volume of our stock may contribute to its volatility, and an active trading market in our stock might not continue.

      If substantial amounts of our common stock were to be sold in the public market, the market price of our common stock could decline. Some of the other factors that can affect our stock price are:

  future demand for seismic equipment and services;
 
  the announcement of new products, services or technological innovations by us or our competitors;
 
  the adequacy of our liquidity and capital resources;
 
  consolidation among our significant customers;
 
  continued variability in our revenues or earnings;
 
  changes in quarterly revenue or earnings estimates for us made by the investment community;
 
  speculation in the press or investment community about our strategic position, financial condition, results of operations, business or significant transactions; and
 
  general perception of the energy or technology sectors of the economy.

      The market price of our common stock may also fluctuate significantly in response to factors that are beyond our control. The stock market in general has recently experienced extreme price and volume

26


Table of Contents

fluctuations. In addition, the market prices of securities of technology companies have also been extremely volatile, and have experienced fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. These broad market fluctuations could result in extreme fluctuations in the price of our common stock, which could cause a decline in the value of our investors’ stock.
 
If we, or our existing stockholders holding registration rights, sell additional shares of our common stock after this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline.

      The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock in the market after this offering, or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, could make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

      Approximately 7,474,000 of our shares of common stock are subject to registration rights, which include the right to require us to register the sale of their shares or the right to include their shares in secondary public offerings we undertake in the future. These holders include Laitram, L.L.C., which beneficially owns approximately 10.9% of our common stock subject to piggyback registration rights. We also may enter into additional registration rights agreements in the future in connection with any subsequent acquisitions we may undertake. Any sales of our common stock under these registration rights arrangements with these stockholders could be negatively perceived in the trading markets and negatively affect the price of our common stock. Sales of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market under these arrangements, or the expectation of such sales, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 
Conversion of our outstanding convertible notes will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders.

      The conversion of some or all of the convertible notes we issued in December 2003 will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders. Sales in the public market of shares of common stock issued upon conversion would apply downward pressure on their prevailing market prices. In addition, the very existence of the convertible notes represent a future acquisition, and perhaps a future sale, of our common stock to be acquired on conversion, which could also depress trading prices for our common stock.

 
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, Delaware law and our stockholder rights plan contain provisions that could discourage another company from acquiring us.

      Provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and stockholder rights plan may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for shares of our common stock. These provisions include:

  authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock without any need for action by stockholders;
 
  providing for a dividend on our common stock, commonly referred to as a “poison pill,” which can be triggered after a person or group acquires, obtains the right to acquire, or commences a tender or exchange offer to acquire, 20% or more of our outstanding common stock;
 
  providing for a classified board of directors with staggered terms;
 
  requiring supermajority stockholder voting to effect certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws;
 
  eliminating the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;
 
  prohibiting stockholder action by written consent; and
 
  establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by stockholders at stockholder meetings.

27


Table of Contents

 
The loss of certain members of our senior management team (many of whom have only recently joined our company) could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

      Our success depends, in part, on the efforts of our senior management and other key employees. These individuals possess sales, marketing, technical, engineering, manufacturing and processing skills that are critical to executing our business strategy. If we lose or suffer an extended interruption in the services of one or more of our senior officers, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. Moreover, the market for qualified individuals may be highly competitive, and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed members of our senior management or other key employees, should the need arise.

      While many members of our current senior management team have significant experience working at various large corporations, with some of them working together at those corporations, our senior management has had limited experience working together at our company and implementing our current business strategy. See “Business — Our Strengths and Challenges.”

28


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain statements concerning our future results and performance and other matters that are “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act). These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, those listed under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology.

      Examples of other forward-looking statements contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus include statements regarding:

  anticipated benefits of our acquisitions, including our acquisition of Concept Systems and our proposed acquisition of GXT;
 
  our ability to integrate the operations, personnel and technologies of businesses we acquire;
 
  our expected revenues, gross margins, operating income, net income and cash flows;
 
  future growth rates and margins for certain of our products and services;
 
  the adequacy of our future liquidity and capital resources;
 
  anticipated timing and success of commercialization and capabilities of products and services under development;
 
  our plans for facility closures and other future business reorganizations;
 
  charges we expect to take for future reorganization activities;
 
  savings we expect to achieve from our restructuring activities;
 
  future demand for seismic equipment and services;
 
  future seismic industry fundamentals;
 
  future oil and gas commodity prices;
 
  future worldwide economic conditions;
 
  our expectations regarding future mix of business and future asset recoveries;
 
  our expectations regarding realization of deferred tax assets;
 
  our beliefs regarding accounting estimates we make;
 
  the result of pending or threatened disputes and other contingencies;
 
  our future acquisitions and levels of capital expenditures; and
 
  our proposed strategic alliances.

      These forward-looking statements reflect our best judgment about future events and trends based on the information currently available to us. Our results of operations can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we make, or by risks and uncertainties known or unknown to us. Therefore, we cannot guarantee the accuracy of the forward-looking statements. Actual events and results of operations may vary materially from our current expectations and assumptions.

      Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, events, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. We do not assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. We do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus to conform them to actual results.

29


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the                     shares of common stock by us will be approximately $100.0 million, or approximately $           million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, based on an assumed offering price of $           per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

      The net proceeds we receive from this offering will be used to pay a portion of the purchase price for the GXT acquisition. We expect to complete the GXT acquisition concurrently with the completion of this offering. Completion of this offering is conditioned upon the completion of the GXT acquisition. The remaining portion of the purchase price will be paid with borrowings under our New Credit Facility, which we expect to enter by the time we complete this offering. See “GXT Acquisition— Summary of Transaction” for a description of that transaction.

30


Table of Contents

COMMON STOCK PRICE RANGE

      Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol “IO.” The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices of the common stock for the periods indicated, as reported on the NYSE composite tape.

                   
Common
Stock Price

High Low


Year ended December 31, 2002
               
 
First Quarter
  $ 10.00     $ 7.48  
 
Second Quarter
    9.93       7.95  
 
Third Quarter
    9.50       4.50  
 
Fourth Quarter
    5.90       3.54  
Year ended December 31, 2003
               
 
First Quarter
    4.79       3.40  
 
Second Quarter
    5.76       2.91  
 
Third Quarter
    6.00       3.61  
 
Fourth Quarter
    4.90       3.30  
Period ended May 7, 2004
               
 
First Quarter
    7.82       4.55  
 
Second Quarter (through May 7)
    9.60       7.33  

      A recent reported last sale price per share for our common stock on the NYSE is set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. At April 30, 2004, there were 681 stockholders of record of our common stock.

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have not historically paid, and do not intend to pay in the foreseeable future, cash dividends on our common stock. We presently intend to retain cash from operations for use in our business, with any future decision to pay cash dividends on our common stock dependent upon our growth, profitability, financial condition, and other factors our board of directors considers relevant. Furthermore, the New Credit Facility may contain customary restrictions on our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.

31


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      The following table shows our capitalization as of March 31, 2004:

  on an actual basis; and
 
  on a pro forma basis, to reflect:

  the consummation of the GXT acquisition;
 
  anticipated borrowings under our New Credit Facility; and
 
  the sale by us of                          shares of our common stock pursuant to this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option).

      You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and the notes to those financial statements incorporated by reference into this prospectus, the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Statements beginning on page 36, and the historical consolidated financial statements and the related notes of GXT beginning on page F-3.

                       
March 31, 2004

Actual Pro Forma


(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 25,000     $ 19,262  
     
     
 
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
               
 
5.50% Convertible Senior Notes Due 2008
  $ 60,000     $ 60,000  
 
New Credit Facility
          34,500  
 
Other long-term debt
    18,033       20,013  
     
     
 
   
Total long-term debt
    78,033       114,513  
     
     
 
 
Stockholders’ equity:
               
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 100,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding: 53,106,829 shares actual, net of treasury stock; and 65,606,829 shares pro forma and as adjusted(1)
    540       665  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    307,604       416,979  
 
Accumulated deficit
    (159,095 )     (159,095 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    909       909  
 
Treasury stock, at cost, 791,869 shares
    (5,905 )     (5,905 )
 
Unamortized restricted stock compensation
    (320 )     (320 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    143,733       253,233  
     
     
 
     
Total capitalization
  $ 221,766     $ 367,746  
     
     
 

(1)  Excludes (a) 6,231,287 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option and incentive plans and agreements, of which options to purchase 5,719,131 shares at an average exercise price of $8.00 were outstanding as of April 30, 2004; (b) 13,888,888 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our 5.5% senior convertible notes due 2008; (c) approximately          million of shares of common stock exercisable under our stock options issuable in connection with the GXT acquisition; and (d)                      shares of common stock that the underwriters have an option to purchase solely to cover over-allotments.

32


Table of Contents

GXT ACQUISITION

Overview of GXT

      GXT is a leading provider of seismic data processing and subsurface imaging services to oil and gas companies. GXT is focused on marine environments and specializes in providing customized imaging solutions utilizing GXT’s expertise in computer processing technology. The improved images derived from GXT’s processing and imaging technology enable oil and gas companies to more easily and economically identify and access hydrocarbon reservoirs. GXT’s geoscientists and computer scientists have developed advanced processing algorithms that incorporate technologies such as illumination analysis, velocity models and pre-stack depth and time migration. GXT leverages the power of parallel computer clusters to process seismic data through these algorithms in order to develop higher-quality, more accurate, clearer images in shorter cycle times than conventional seismic processing.

      Currently, the majority of GXT’s processing and imaging involves data collected with traditional 2-D and 3-D techniques. GXT, however, has several development projects underway to apply its advanced processing technologies to data gathered through multi-component and 4-D time-lapse data collection methods.

      GXT complements its core processing and imaging services with a suite of support services, including:

  survey design, project management and quality control for seismic data acquisition;
 
  data preconditioning for advanced pre-stack depth and time imaging;
 
  4-D monitoring of reservoir fluid movement; and
 
  outsourced, integrated management of seismic data acquisition and image processing services.

      GXT offers its services to customers on both a project and outsourced basis. Through its Processing and Imaging (P&I) segment, GXT develops images by applying its processing technology to data owned or licensed by its customers. Under these arrangements, its customers separately arrange and pay for survey design, data collection, processing and imaging, and retain exclusive ownership of the data after image development.

      Through its Integrated Seismic Solutions, or ISS, services, GXT manages the entire seismic process, from survey planning and design to data acquisition and management through pre-processing and final subsurface imaging. GXT does not own vessels, field crews or other seismic logistics assets. Rather, it focuses on the more technologically intensive components of the image development process, such as survey planning and design and data processing and interpretation, and outsources the logistics component to geophysical logistics contractors. This flexible approach frees GXT to structure the survey design, data acquisition means and imaging approach to meet its customers’ geophysical objectives as well as its budget and timing constraints. This approach also enables GXT to employ parallel work flows to reduce cycle times and increase image quality. This more limited fixed capital investment provides GXT increased operational flexibility.

      GXT offers its ISS to customers on both a proprietary and multi-client basis. On both bases, the customers fully pre-fund the data acquisition. With the proprietary service, the customer also pays for the imaging and processing and has exclusive ownership of the data post imaging. With the multi-client service, GXT assumes minimal processing risk but retains ownership of the data and images and receives on-going revenue from subsequent image sales. For the nine months ended March 31, 2004, P&I and ISS accounted for 41% and 57% of GXT’s revenues, respectively.

      The majority of GXT’s P&I and ISS services have been applied in the Gulf of Mexico. GXT’s growth plans entail growing its ISS business, enhancing its field development and optimization capabilities and expanding its service offering internationally and to land environments.

      GXT has numerous large oil companies as customers, including British Petroleum, Marathon Oil, TotalFinaElf, Apache, ChevronTexaco and ExxonMobil. During the nine months ended March 31, 2004, one customer accounted for 16% of GXT’s revenues. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of GXT’s revenues.

33


Table of Contents

      GXT is headquartered in Houston with service centers in other major energy markets, including Calgary, Canada, London, England and Aberdeen, Scotland. GXT also has an experienced employee base. Of its more than 180 employees, over half have advanced degrees in geology, geophysics or other related sciences.

Anticipated Benefits of GXT Acquisition

      We believe that the acquisition of GXT will provide us with several strategic benefits:

      More Balanced Position in the Seismic Value Chain. The GXT acquisition will solidify our transition from primarily manufacturing seismic data collection equipment to providing full-scope seismic technology solutions. In addition, the GXT acquisition will strengthen our expertise and capabilities at each technology link in the seismic value chain, from survey planning and design to data collection management and pre-processing to image development. This broader, more technology-focused and seismic-oriented presence will enable us to deliver additional integrated, full-service imaging solutions to our customers. Additionally, we expect that the more consistent service-based revenue streams from GXT’s business will lessen the historical volatility in our revenues from original equipment manufacturing.

      More Service and Technology Intensive Business Model. We believe that the GXT acquisition will increase our emphasis on human capital, service and technology. We will own advanced technologies across the entire seismic spectrum—from survey planning through final image development, including the critical technologies associated with full-wave or multi-component imaging. These technologies will include our digital, full-wave sensor (VectorSeis) and a multi-component processing capability that GXT will bring to us. While we focus on delivering integrated seismic solutions, we do not intend to participate in the traditional, capital-intensive logistical aspects of field data collection. This approach differs from the conventional seismic contracting model in which significant investment is required for logistics assets, such as boats and crews to collect data in the field.

      Accelerated Development of Imaging Solutions. GXT’s advanced imagining technology, particularly pre-stack depth and time migration solutions, as well as its experience in deep marine environments, complements the advanced velocity imaging technology and experience in land environments that we have developed in our AXIS group. GTX’s pre-stack depth migration solutions involve advanced processing techniques to convert seismic wave time-based information to depth-based information. This conversion to depth-based data is relied upon by geologists to more accurately map subsurface structures. GXT’s pre-stack depth migration techniques are well suited for complex hydrocarbon reservoirs and deeper drilling targets. The accurate time-to-depth conversion that GXT’s techniques feature is important in processing digital, full-wave data from next-generation sensors, including our VectorSeis sensors. We believe that the conjunction of these technologies and experience bases along with the combination of the companies’ technology development teams will enable us to accelerate our seismic technology development and advance our capabilities to provide improved digital full-wave imaging solutions.

      Enhanced Ability to Service the Full Reservoir Life Cycle. The GXT acquisition will improve our ability to provide seismic imaging solutions throughout the life cycle of an oil or natural gas reservoir. The combination of our digital seismic data collection and monitoring technology and AXIS’ processing and imagining capabilities, when combined with GXT’s advanced processing and imaging expertise, will improve our ability to extend the use of our seismic services across the productive life of the reservoir.

      Expanded Collaboration with Oil and Gas Customers. GXT has standing relationships with major, independent and national oil and gas companies. We intend to leverage these relationships and provide full- scope seismic solutions through GXT’s ISS offering. We believe this approach will enable us to increase the use of our seismic data acquisition and monitoring technologies and services by these oil and gas companies and the seismic contractors who work with them. We also intend to use the relationships to better understand our target customers’ geophysical needs and to develop technologies and services that better address those needs.

34


Table of Contents

Summary of Transaction

      We have agreed to pay a total of approximately $134.5 million in cash to purchase all outstanding shares of capital stock of GXT. The purchase price includes cash payments for the cancellation of certain outstanding GXT stock options. Under the stock purchase agreement, GXT stock options not extinguished for cash will become options to purchase I/O common stock. These stock options will be “in-the-money” by an estimated aggregate amount of $15.5 million when assumed upon completion of the GXT acquisition and will be fully vested, but they will not be exercisable until 90 days following the closing of the GXT acquisition.

      In addition, approximately $5.0 million of the purchase price will be held in escrow for one year to facilitate recourse for us in the event of certain breaches or violations of representations and covenants made by GXT or its stockholders under the stock purchase agreement.

      Approximately $100.0 million of the purchase price for GXT will be funded from the net proceeds of this offering, and the remaining $34.5 million of the purchase price will be funded through borrowings under a proposed new revolving line of credit (New Credit Facility) which we expect to have in place by the time we complete this offering. Completion of this offering is conditioned upon the completion of the GXT acquisition.

      The completion of the GXT acquisition is subject to a number of conditions, including the absence of a material breach by either party of its respective representations or covenants contained in the purchase agreement, the absence of a material adverse effect on either party and the delivery of legal opinions and other documentation on behalf of each party. In addition, the transaction will not close until the waiting period required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvement Act of 1976, as amended, has expired or been terminated. The parties have the right to terminate the GXT acquisition if it is not completed by August 15, 2004. We may also terminate the transaction if we are unable to satisfy our financing requirements to fund the purchase price for the acquisition.

      In the event the GXT acquisition is terminated because we cannot satisfy our financing requirements to fund the purchase price, or the registration statement covering this offering is not declared effective by August 15, 2004, and GXT has satisfied all of our conditions to closing, we will be required under the terms of the purchase agreement to issue to GXT, as liquidated damages, shares of our common stock valued at $4.5 million based on the average closing price of our common stock for the ten trading days immediately preceding the date of termination, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Alternatively, we may satisfy the liquidated damages provision of the purchase agreement by making a cash payment of $4.5 million to GXT. We will not have an obligation to pay these liquidated damages if a material adverse change in the U.S. financial markets occurs which make it, in our judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to complete this offering in order to fund the purchase price.

Anticipated New Credit Facility

      We currently plan to enter into our New Credit Facility by the time we complete this offering. We expect that the New Credit Facility will permit borrowings of up to $75.0 million and include typical financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charge ratio, and certain other restrictions based on the consolidated assets of I/O. We also expect that this New Credit Facility will be secured by a lien on all of our domestic assets and the capital stock of our subsidiaries, with liens on voting capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries limited to 65% of such stock. We intend to finance a portion of the purchase price for the GXT acquisition with borrowings under this New Credit Facility.

35


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

      The unaudited pro forma statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2003 and the three months ended March 31, 2004 give pro forma effect to: (1) the GXT acquisition, (2) our initial borrowings under our New Credit Facility, and (3) this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” as if the transactions had been consummated on January 1, 2003. See the information included under the captions “Prospectus Summary—Planned Acquisition of GXT—Transaction Structure,” “Prospectus Summary—The Offering,” “Use of Proceeds” and “GXT Acquisition” for a more detailed description of the GXT acquisition, our New Credit Facility and this offering.

      The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March 31, 2004 gives pro forma effect to (1) the GXT acquisition, (2) our initial borrowings under our New Credit Facility, and (3) this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” as if those transactions had been consummated on March 31, 2004.

      We expect to complete the GXT acquisition concurrently with the completion of this offering. This offering is conditioned upon the completion of the GXT acquisition. We also expect to enter into our New Credit Facility by the time we complete this offering.

      The unaudited pro forma financial information is based on the assumptions and adjustments described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma statement of operations does not purport to represent what our results of operations actually would have been if the events described above had occurred as of the date indicated or what our results will be for any future periods. The unaudited pro forma financial statements are based upon assumptions and adjustments that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma financial statements and the accompanying notes should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of I/O and of GXT, including the notes thereto, incorporated by reference or included elsewhere in this prospectus.

      For financial accounting purposes, the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed under the GXT acquisition referred to in these unaudited pro forma financial statements have been or will be recorded at their fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The allocation in these unaudited pro forma financial statements is a preliminary allocation based on an internally prepared valuation of the fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities of GXT. When finalized, the allocation may vary materially from the allocation presented in these unaudited pro forma financial statements.

36


Table of Contents

INPUT/OUTPUT, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME

Year Ended December 31, 2003
                                     
Input/ GXT Pro Forma Pro Forma
Output As Adjusted(1)(2) Adjustments(1)(3) Input/Output(1)




(in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales
  $ 150,033     $ 49,056     $     $ 199,089  
Cost of sales
    122,192       30,946       1,250 (4)     154,388  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    27,841       18,110       (1,250 )     44,701  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                               
 
Research and development
    18,696                   18,696  
 
Marketing and sales
    12,566       4,465             17,031  
 
General and administrative
    16,753       7,130             23,883  
 
Impairment of long lived assets
    1,120                   1,120  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    49,135       11,595             60,730  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Income (loss) from operations
    (21,294 )     6,515       (1,250 )     (16,029 )
Interest expense
    (4,087 )     (821 )     (2,505 )(5)     (7,413 )
Interest income
    1,903                   1,903  
Fair value adjustment and exchange of warrant obligation
    1,757                   1,757  
Impairment of investment
    (2,059 )                 (2,059 )
Other income
    976                   976  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (22,804 )     5,694       (3,755 )     (20,865 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    348       1,968       (1,742 )(7)     574  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (23,152 )   $ 3,726     $ (2,013 )   $ (21,439 )
     
     
     
     
 
Basic loss per share
  $ (0.45 )                   $ (0.34 )
Diluted loss per share
  $ (0.45 )                   $ (0.34 )
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
    51,237               12,500 (6)     63,737  
Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding
    51,237               12,500 (6)     63,737  

37


Table of Contents

INPUT/OUTPUT, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME

Three Months Ended March 31, 2004
                                     
Input/ GXT Pro Forma Pro Forma
Output As Adjusted(1)(2) Adjustments(1)(3) Input/Output(1)




(in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales
  $ 36,287     $ 19,822     $     $ 56,109  
Cost of sales
    24,026       12,547       313 (4)     36,886  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    12,261       7,275       (313 )     19,223  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses (income):
                               
 
Research and development
    4,075                   4,075  
 
Marketing and sales
    3,299       1,337             4,636  
 
General and administrative
    4,693       2,448             7,141  
 
Gain on sale of assets
    (850 )                 (850 )
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    11,217       3,785             15,002  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Income (loss) from operations
    1,044       3,490       (313 )     4,221  
Interest expense
    (1,496 )     (252 )     (603 )(5)     (2,351 )
Interest income
    469                   469  
Other income
    16                   16  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income (loss) before income taxes
    33       3,238       (916 )     2,355  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    591       1,171       (1,102 )(7)     660  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income (loss)
  $ (558 )   $ 2,067     $ 186     $ 1,695  
     
     
     
     
 
Basic income (loss) per share
  $ (0.01 )                   $ 0.03  
Diluted income (loss) per share
  $ (0.01 )                   $ 0.03  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding
    52,113               12,500 (6)     64,613  
Weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding
    52,113               14,914 (16)     67,027  

38


Table of Contents

INPUT/OUTPUT, INC.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET

March 31, 2004
                                     
Input/ Pro Forma Pro Forma
Output GXT Adjustments(1)(3) Input/ Output(1)




(in thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 25,000     $ 2,512     $ (8,250 )(8)   $ 19,262  
 
Restricted cash
    1,080                   1,080  
 
Accounts receivable, net
    33,928       9,536             43,464  
 
Unbilled revenue
          6,455             6,455  
 
Current portion notes receivable, net
    11,987                   11,987  
 
Inventories
    57,333                   57,333  
 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,476       1,100       500 (9)     5,076  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    132,804       19,603       (7,750 )     144,657  
     
     
     
     
 
Notes receivable
    5,938                   5,938  
Net assets held for sale
    2,430                   2,430  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    28,160       13,319             41,479  
Seismic data library
          12,354             12,354  
Deferred tax asset
    1,149       620       (620 )(10)     1,149  
Goodwill, net
    76,367             118,933 (11)     195,300  
Other assets, net
    13,543       268       16,000 (12)     29,811  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 260,391     $ 46,164     $ 126,563     $ 433,118  
     
     
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
                               
 
Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt
  $ 2,168     $ 8,715     $ (3,775 )(13)   $ 7,108  
 
Accounts payable
    15,908       2,961             18,869  
 
Accrued expenses
    14,740       7,957             22,697  
 
Deferred revenue
    1,994       8,897             10,891  
 
Dividends payable
          1,992             1,992  
 
Deferred tax liability
          2,016       (2,016 )(10)      
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    34,810       32,538       (5,791 )     61,557  
     
     
     
     
 
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    78,033       2,730       33,750 (14)     114,513  
Other long-term liabilities
    3,815                   3,815  
Redeemable preferred stock
          10,446       (10,446 )(17)      
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
 
Stockholders’ equity
    143,733       450       109,050 (15)     253,233  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    143,733       450       109,050       253,233  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 260,391     $ 46,164     $ 126,563     $ 433,118  
     
     
     
     
 

39


Table of Contents

INPUT/OUTPUT, INC.

NOTES TO PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 
(1) The following is a preliminary estimate of the purchase price (in thousands) for the GXT acquisition:
         
Cash payment paid for GXT shares
  $ 129,975  
Exchange of vested employee stock options
    15,500  
Payoff of GXT debt
    4,525  
Acquisition costs
    750  
     
 
Total purchase price
  $ 150,750  
     
 

  This preliminary estimate of the purchase price has been allocated as presented below based on an internally prepared preliminary assessment of the fair value of the assets and liabilities of GXT at March 31, 2004.

                         
Book Value
of Assets Preliminary
Acquired Purchase
(Liabilities Price Preliminary
Assumed) Allocation Fair Value



(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,512     $       $ 2,512  
Accounts receivables
    9,536               9,536  
Unbilled revenues
    6,455               6,455  
Prepaid and other current assets
    1,100               1,100  
Property, plant and equipment
    13,319               13,319  
Seismic data library
    12,354               12,354  
Deferred tax asset
    620       (620 )      
Other assets
    268       15,000       15,268  
Goodwill
          118,933       118,933  
Notes payable — current
    (8,715 )     3,775       (4,940 )
Accounts payable
    (2,961 )             (2,961 )
Accrued expenses
    (7,957 )             (7,957 )
Deferred revenue
    (8,897 )             (8,897 )
Deferred tax liability
    (2,016 )     2,016        
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    (2,730 )     750       (1,980 )
Dividends payable
    (1,992 )             (1,992 )
     
     
     
 
    $ 10,896     $ 139,854     $ 150,750  
     
     
     
 

  All liabilities assumed were at their estimated fair values, as were the seismic data library and the property, plant and equipment. The fair value of intangibles are estimated to be $15 million (see note 12 below). There were no identified intangible assets which were determined to have indefinite lives. This preliminary assessment of fair value resulted in $118.9 million of goodwill which will be subject to periodic impairment testing.

 
(2) GXT has a fiscal year end of June 30. Therefore, in order to comply with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the GXT Statement of Income for the year ended December 31, 2003 has been adjusted to present results for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003. This adjustment was made by subtracting the results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2002 from the results of operations for the year ended June 30, 2003 and adding the results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2003. Additionally, to arrive at the results of operations for the

40


Table of Contents

three months ended March 31, 2004, the results of operations for the six months ended December 31, 2003 were subtracted from the results of operations for the nine months ended March 31, 2004. These adjustments were as follows:

                                   
Six Months Six Months Year Ended
Year Ended Ended Ended December 31,
June 30, December 31, December 31, 2003
2003 2002 2003 As Adjusted




(in thousands)
Total revenues
  $ 41,019     $ 19,298     $ 27,335     $ 49,056  
Cost of revenues
    24,571       11,007       17,382       30,946  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    16,448       8,291       9,953       18,110  
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                               
 
General and administrative
    5,934       2,968       4,164       7,130  
 
Sales and marketing
    4,334       1,957       2,088       4,465  
     
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
    10,268       4,925       6,252       11,595  
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    6,180       3,366       3,701       6,515  
 
Interest expense
    723       315       413       821  
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    5,457       3,051       3,288       5,694  
 
Income tax expense
    826       46       1,188       1,968  
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 4,631     $ 3,005     $ 2,100     $ 3,726  
     
     
     
     
 
                           
Nine Months Six Months Three Months
Ended Ended Ended
March 31, December 31, March 31,
2004 2003 2004



(in thousands)
Total revenues
  $ 47,157     $ 27,335     $ 19,822  
Cost of revenues
    29,929       17,382       12,547  
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    17,228       9,953       7,275  
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses
                       
 
General and administrative
    6,612       4,164       2,448  
 
Sales and marketing
    3,425       2,088       1,337  
     
     
     
 
Total operating expenses
    10,037       6,252       3,785  
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    7,191       3,701       3,490  
 
Interest expense
    665       413       252  
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    6,526       3,288       3,238  
 
Income tax expense
    2,359       1,188       1,171  
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 4,167     $ 2,100     $ 2,067  
     
     
     
 
 
(3) These columns reflect (a) the issuance of I/O common stock pursuant to this offering, (b) our initial borrowings under the New Credit Facility, (c) the payment of the cash purchase price for the GXT acquisition, (d) the exchange of vested GXT stock options for vested I/O stock options in connection with the GXT acquisition, (e) the preliminary allocation of the purchase price to acquired assets and liabilities assumed, (f) the pro forma income statement effects resulting from the preliminary purchase price accounting adjustments and (g) the payoff of certain outstanding debt of GXT, as set forth in note 8 below.
 
(4) Reflects the preliminary pro forma adjustment to record the amortization of the acquired intangible assets (customer relationships, proprietary technology, non-compete agreements and employment contracts) over their estimated useful lives ranging from 5 years to 15 years.

41


Table of Contents

 
(5) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to record additional interest under the New Credit Facility at an estimated weighted average annual interest rate. The amount also assumes that $34.5 million is drawn down under the New Credit Facility in connection with the closing of the GXT acquisition. The pro forma adjustment also reflects the interest savings from the payoff of GXT line of credit and shareholder loan (see note 8 below) and the amortization of debt issuance costs.
                 
Three
Months
Year Ended Ended
December 31, March 31,
2003 2004


(in thousands)
 Interest on the New Credit Facility
  $ 2,415     $ 604  
 Interest savings on payoff of GXT line of credit and shareholder loans
    (410 )     (126 )
 Amortization of debt issuance costs
    500       125  
     
     
 
    $ 2,505     $ 603  
     
     
 
 
An one-eighth increase in the interest rate would increase interest expense by $43 thousand per year.
 
(6) Reflects pro forma issuance of I/O common stock in connection with the GXT acquisition.
 
(7) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to utilize I/O net operating losses to offset GXT U.S. tax expense.
 
(8) Reflects the pro forma adjustments to cash and cash equivalents (in thousands) as follows:
         
 Net cash proceeds from the issuance of I/O common stock in this offering
  $ 100,000  
 Initial borrowings under the New Credit Facility
    34,500  
 Cash payment for GXT shares
    (129,975 )
 Payoff of GXT line of credit and shareholder loans
    (4,525 )
 Acquisition costs
    (750 )
 Debt issuance costs on the New Credit Facility
    (1,500 )
 Underwriting fees incurred on the issuance of I/O common stock
    (6,000 )
     
 
    $ (8,250 )
     
 
 
(9) Reflects short-term portion of debt issuance costs of $0.5 million.
 
(10) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to deferred taxes as I/O maintains a valuation allowance against substantially all its net deferred taxes.
 
(11) Reflects the preliminary pro forma adjustment to record goodwill representing the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired.
 
(12) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to record the estimated fair value the intangible assets acquired (customer relationships, proprietary technology, non-compete agreements and employment contracts), as well as the long-term portion of debt issuance costs of $1.0 million.
 
(13) Reflects the pro forma adjustment for the payoff of GXT line of credit.
 
(14) Reflects the pro forma borrowings under the New Credit Facility and payoff of GXT shareholder loans (in thousands).
         
 Initial borrowings under the New Credit Facility
  $ 34,500  
 Payoff of GXT shareholder loans
    (750 )
     
 
    $ 33,750  
     
 

42


Table of Contents

 
(15) Reflects the pro forma adjustments to stockholders’ equity (in thousands) as follows:
         
 Issuance of I/O common stock to fund a portion of the purchase price
  $ 100,000  
 Exchange of GXT vested options for I/O vested options
    15,500  
 Underwriting fees incurred on the issuance of I/O common stock
    (6,000 )
 Elimination of GXT’s historical stockholders’ equity
    (450 )
     
 
    $ 109,050  
     
 
 
(16) Reflects the following pro forma dilutive share adjustments (in thousands) as follows:
         
 Issuance of I/O common stock in connection with the GXT acquisition
    12,500  
 Dilutive stock options issued to GXT
    1,875  
 I/O dilutive stock options
    539  
     
 
 
    14,914  
     
 
 
(17) Reflects the pro forma adjustment to record the purchase of GXT’s preferred stock by I/O.

43


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

Selected Consolidated Financial Data of Input/ Output

      The following data, insofar as they relate to each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2003 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the related consolidated statements of operations and cash flow for the three years ended December 31, 2003 and the notes thereto, incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The following data relating to the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, and the notes thereto, incorporated by reference into the prospectus. The following data should be read in conjunction with our historical audited financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are incorporated by reference in this prospectus. With regard to the unaudited consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Results of operations for the nine months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or of our future operations.

                                                                   
Seven Months Three Months
Ended Ended
Year Ended May 31, December 31, Year Ended December 31, March 31,




1999 2000 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data: (1)
                                                               
Net sales
  $ 197,415     $ 121,454     $ 78,317     $ 212,050     $ 118,583     $ 150,033     $ 41,177     $ 36,287  
Cost of sales
    206,416       109,329       59,582       139,478       101,018       122,192       32,720       24,026  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit (loss)
    (9,001 )     12,125       18,735       72,572       17,565       27,841       8,457       12,261  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses (income):
                                                               
Research and development
    42,782       28,625       16,051       29,442       28,756       18,696       5,518       4,075  
Marketing and sales
    13,010       8,757       5,506       11,657       11,218       12,566       2,811       3,299  
General and administrative
    74,132       21,885       8,127       19,695       19,760       16,753       4,065       4,693  
Gain on sale of assets
                                              (850 )
Amortization of goodwill
    8,529       6,732       2,157       3,873                          
Impairment of long-lived assets
    14,500                         6,274       1,120       1,120        
Goodwill impairment
          31,596                   15,122                    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total operating expenses
    152,953       97,595       31,841       64,667       81,130       49,135       13,514       11,217  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) from operations
    (161,954 )     (85,470 )     (13,106 )     7,905       (63,565 )     (21,294 )     (5,057 )     1,044  
Interest expense
    (897 )     (826 )     (627 )     (695 )     (3,124 )     (4,087 )     (1,345 )     (1,496 )
Interest income
    7,981       4,930       4,583       4,685       2,280       1,903       591       469  
Fair value adjustment and exchange of warrant obligation
                            3,252       1,757       871        
Impairment of investment
                                  (2,059 )                
Other income (expense)
    (370 )     1,306       176       574       (798 )     976       249       16  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

44


Table of Contents

                                                                   
Seven Months Three Months
Ended Ended
Year Ended May 31, December 31, Year Ended December 31, March 31,




1999 2000 2000 2001 2002 2003 2003 2004








(in thousands, except per share data) (unaudited)
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (155,240 )     (80,060 )     (8,974 )     12,469       (61,955 )     (22,804 )     (4,691 )     33  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (49,677 )     (6,097 )     1,332       3,128       56,770       348       588       591  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss)
    (105,563 )     (73,963 )     (10,306 )     9,341       (118,725 )     (23,152 )           (558 )
Preferred dividend
          4,557       3,051       5,632       947                    
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
  $ (105,563 )   $ (78,520 )   $ (13,357 )   $ 3,709     $ (119,672 )   $ (23,152 )   $ (5,279 )   $ (558 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic income (loss) per common share
  $ (2.17 )   $ (1.55 )   $ (0.26 )   $ 0.07     $ (2.35 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.01 )
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
    48,540       50,716       50,840       51,166       51,015       51,237       51,195       52,113  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted income (loss) per common share
  $ (2.17 )   $ (1.55 )   $ (0.26 )   $ 0.07     $ (2.35 )   $ (0.45 )   $ (0.10 )   $ (0.01 )
Weighted average number of diluted common shares outstanding
    48,540       50,716       50,840       52,309       51,015       51,237       51,195       52,113  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Other Data:
                                                               
 
Capital expenditures
  $ 9,326     $ 3,077     $ 2,837     $ 9,202     $ 8,230     $ 4,587     $ 1,395     $ 675  
 
Depreciation and amortization
    20,776       22,835       11,448       17,535       13,237       11,444       3,574       2,422  
                                                         
As of As of
As of May 31, December 31, As of December 31, March 31,




1999 2000 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004







(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
Working capital
  $ 213,612     $ 183,412     $ 181,366     $ 204,600     $ 114,940     $ 133,467     $ 97,994  
Total assets
    451,748       381,769       365,633       387,335       249,594       249,204       260,391  
Notes payable and current maturities of long-term debt
    1,067       1,154       1,207       2,312       2,142       2,687       2,168  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    8,947       7,886       7,077       20,088       51,430       78,516       78,033  
Stockholders’ equity
    396,974       335,015       325,403       331,037       152,486       133,764       143,733  

(1)  Our results for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, include specific charges (where applicable) as discussed in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K (as amended by Form 10K/A-1 and 10K/A-2) for the year ended December 31, 2003, which is incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

45


Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial Data of GXT

      The following data, insofar as they relate to each of GXT’s fiscal years ended June 30, 2002 and 2003 have been derived from GXT’s audited consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated balance sheets at June 30, 2002 and 2003, and the related audited consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2002 and 2003, and the notes thereto, found elsewhere in this prospectus. The following data relating to March 31, 2004, and the nine months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, have been derived from GXT’s unaudited consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus. The following data should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and the related notes of GXT beginning on page F-3. With regard to the unaudited consolidated financial data as of and for the nine months ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, in the opinion of our management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Results of operations for the nine months ended March 31, 2004 are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or of our future operations.

                                             
Nine Months
Year Ended June 30, Ended March 31,


2001 2002 2003 2003 2004





(in thousands) (unaudited)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 18,017     $ 21,141     $ 41,019     $ 29,811     $ 47,157  
Cost of revenues
    10,689       13,048       24,571       17,533       29,929  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    7,328       8,093       16,448       12,278       17,228  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating expenses:
                                       
 
General and administrative
    2,774       3,299       5,934       4,335       6,612  
 
Sales and marketing
    3,532       3,065       4,334       3,306       3,425  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    6,306       6,364       10,268       7,641       10,037  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    1,022       1,729       6,180       4,637       7,191  
Interest expense
    (662 )     (530 )     (723 )     (517 )     (665 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes
    360       1,199       5,457       4,120       6,526  
Income tax expense
    21       233       826       623       2,359  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income
  $ 339     $ 966     $ 4,631     $ 3,497     $ 4,167  
     
     
     
     
     
 
                         
As of As of
June 30, March 31,


2002 2003 2004



(unaudited)
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                       
Working capital
  $ (666 )   $ (7,708 )   $ (12,935 )
Total assets
    16,597       31,031       46,164  
Line of credit and current maturities of long-term obligations
    5,602       7,043       8,715  
Long-term obligations
    1,661       2,436       2,730  
Redeemable preferred stock
    10,446       10,446       10,446  
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
    (6,953 )     (3,158 )     451  

46


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Executive Summary

      Our traditional business segments have involved the manufacture and sale of land, marine and transition zone seismic instrumentation for oil and gas exploration and production. In recent years, we have changed our overall focus toward being a provider of seismic acquisition imaging technology for exploration, production and reservoir monitoring in land and marine, including shallow water and marsh, environments. The relatively low level of traditional seismic activity has presented for the past number of years, and continues to present, a challenging environment for companies involved in the seismic industry. This environment, along with product life cycle developments affecting our traditional product lines, have been the principal factors affecting our results of operations in recent years.

      However, we believe that positive trends for our business include:

  the increasing worldwide demand for hydrocarbons;
 
  the increasing use of seismic products by oil companies to enhance production from their existing reserves;
 
  the increasing needs of exploration and production companies for seismic surveys that are custom-designed to meet particular geological formation characteristics; and
 
  the increasing need for more sophisticated information tools to monitor and assess new and producing oil and gas reservoirs.

      Our strategy involves repositioning our company as a seismic imaging company, providing both equipment and services across a broader spectrum of the seismic technology industry than merely an equipment manufacture and sales company. The advantages of our products and services that incorporate full-wave digital imaging capabilities will, we believe, ultimately drive the demand for new survey designs and the associated processing and interpretive skills that we possess. We believe that our products that digitally monitor seismic characteristics of reservoirs will reduce the costs of performing multiple seismic surveys over the same areas, thereby reducing overall seismic costs for operators and owners of the reserves.

      However, executing our strategic plan is not without risk. Seismic industry fundamentals, while improving, remain weak by historical standards. In December 2003, we successfully refinanced substantially all of our existing short-term indebtedness with the proceeds from our convertible debt offering. As of March 31, 2004, our total outstanding indebtedness was $80.2 million, compared to $52.8 million outstanding at March 31, 2003. See “Risk Factors” and “Prospectus Summary— Recent Developments.”

      Our cash needs have increased in 2004. We have typically financed our operations from internally generated cash and funds from equity and debt financings. With our higher debt burden, our interest expense has increased in 2004 compared to 2003. We will continue to need funds to complete the research, development and testing of our products and services. During 2003, net cash flow used in operations was $33.1 million. During the first quarter of 2004 our net cash used in operations was $1.7 million.

      Our ability to produce positive operating cash flows, return to consistent profitability, grow our business and service and retire our debt (in addition to our other obligations) will depend on the success of our efforts in increasing our revenues from sales of our seismic imaging systems and equipment and our processing services, successfully introducing and continuing to technologically enhance our product line and service offerings, penetrating new markets for our seismic products and services, achieving more consistency in our period-to-period results of operations, improving margins on our sales and reducing our overall costs.

      We have traditionally relied on a relatively small number of significant customers; consequently, our business is exposed to risks related to customer concentration. In recent years, our traditional customers have been rapidly consolidating, reducing the demand for our products. The loss of any of our significant customers or deterioration in our relations with any of them could materially adversely affect our results of operations and

47


Table of Contents

financial condition. The fact that such a high percentage of our sales currently are made to foreign destinations and customers presents additional issues for our revenues and cash flows. For the year ended December 31, 2003, sales to destinations outside of North America accounted for approximately 77% of our consolidated net sales. We continue to see expansion from Chinese and Eastern European seismic contractors, and we plan to expand our presence internationally. As a result of these factors, the collections cycle for our sales in 2004 may be longer than it has traditionally been, which would thereby increase our working capital funding needs.

      While we anticipate an increase in worldwide seismic activity in 2004, this anticipated increase may not materialize. As a result, our internal revenue forecast may not be realized, resulting in lower cash flows available for our future capital and operational needs. In order to meet our future capital requirements, we may need to issue additional debt or equity securities. We cannot assure you that we would be able to issue additional equity or debt securities in the future on terms that would be acceptable to us, or at all.

      Through our manufacturing outsourcing activities, we have sought to reduce both the unit cost of our products and our fixed cost structure, as well as to accelerate our research and development cycle for non-core technologies. For example, in July 2003, we closed our Alvin, Texas manufacturing facility. Additionally, we closed our Norwich, U.K. geophone stringing operation in the first quarter of 2003, and moved its operations to our leased facility in Dubai as well as outsourced other manufacturing activities to various partners. In January 2004, we consolidated three operating units of our Land Imaging segment into one division and in April 2004, we consolidated two operating units of our Marine Imaging segment into one division. We will continue to work to reduce the unit costs of our products.

Acquisition of Concept Systems

      In February 2004, we purchased all of the share capital of Concept Systems Holdings Limited, a provider of software, systems and services for towed streamer, seabed and land seismic operations based in Edinburgh, Scotland, in a privately negotiated transaction. The purchase price was approximately $38.4 million cash, including acquisition costs, and 1,680,000 shares of our common stock, valued at $10.8 million. The source of the cash component of the consideration paid was from the December 2003 sale of our convertible senior notes, and general corporate funds. Under a registration rights agreement, we granted certain demand and piggyback registration rights for the shares of stock issued in the acquisition transaction.

Significant 2002 and 2003 Charges

      In 2002, we recorded significant charges in connection with our restructuring program. The related reserves reflected many estimates, including those pertaining to severance costs of $3.4 million, facility related charges (primarily future, non-cancelable, lease obligations) of $1.9 million and inventory-related charges of $4.3 million. In addition, during 2002, we recorded charges of $15.1 million relating to the impairment of goodwill and $6.3 million for the impairment of long-lived assets. In 2003, we recorded severance costs of $1.3 million, inventory-related charges of $1.0 million, $1.1 million for the impairment of long-lived assets and $2.5 million related to the write-down of rental equipment associated with our first generation radio-based VectorSeis land acquisition system. We will continually reassess the requirements necessary to complete our restructuring program, which may result in additional charges being recorded in future periods. However, we currently do not anticipate any significant future charges or adjustments to our restructuring accruals, except for $0.4 million of additional severance expenses to be incurred in 2004 associated with the consolidation of three operating units within our Land Imaging segment into one division.

      In 2002, we recorded a net charge of $58.8 million to income tax expense to establish an additional valuation allowance for substantially all of our net deferred tax assets. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the unreserved deferred income tax asset of $1.1 million represents our Alternative Minimum Tax payments that are recoverable through the carryback of net operating losses. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” we established an additional valuation allowance for substantially all of our net deferred tax assets based on our cumulative operating results in the three-year period ended December 31, 2002. Our results in this period were heavily affected by industry conditions and deliberate and planned business restructuring activities in response to the prolonged

48


Table of Contents

downturn in the seismic equipment market, as well as heavy expenditures for research and development. Nevertheless, recent losses represented sufficient negative evidence to establish an additional valuation allowance. We have continued to reserve for substantially all of our net deferred tax assets and will continue to do so until we have sufficient evidence to warrant reversal. This valuation allowance does not affect our ability to reduce future tax expense through utilization of net operating losses.

Results of Operations

 
Three Months Ended March 31, 2004 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2003

      Net Sales. Net sales of $36.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 decreased $4.9 million, or 12%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Land Imaging’s net sales decreased $10.1 million, or 32%, to $21.0 million compared to $31.1 million in the corresponding period of last year. The decrease was mainly due to vibrator vehicle sales being shifted out of the first quarter of 2004 into the second and third quarter of 2004 because of supply chain management issues and product transition from our mature Image land data acquisition to our new System Four Analog Cable system, which is scheduled for introduction in the second quarter of 2004. Marine Imaging’s net sales increased $2.9 million, or 34%, to $11.5 million compared to $8.6 million in the corresponding period last year. The increase was due to the first sale of our VectorSeis Ocean-bottom acquisition system, which represents new technology for seismic imaging directly from the seabed floor. Processing and Software (formerly referred to as Processing) net sales increased $2.3 million to $3.8 million compared to $1.5 million in the corresponding period of last year. The increase is due to the acquisition of Concept Systems, which was acquired in February 2004.

      Cost of Sales. Cost of sales of $24.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 decreased $8.7 million, or 27%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Cost of sales for Land Imaging, Marine Imaging and Processing and Software was $16.0 million, $6.7 million and $1.3 million, respectively. Costs of sales decreased primarily as a result of a decrease in sales activity in Land Imaging. Included in costs of sales for the three months ended March 31, 2003 was $0.3 million of severance costs; there was no corresponding charge for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

      Gross Profit and Gross Profit Percentage. Gross profit of $12.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $3.8 million, or 45%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Gross profit percentage for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was 34% compared to 21% in the prior year. The improvement in gross profit was driven mainly by the contribution from Concept Systems, the sale of new products within our Marine Imaging segment, such as our VectorSeis Ocean-Bottom system in addition to follow on sales of VectorSeis System Four land acquisition systems by our Land Imaging segment. Also, the decrease in sale volumes of our lower margin vibrator vehicles had a positive impact to our total gross margin percentage. In the first quarter of 2003, we delivered our first VectorSeis System Four acquisition radio-based system, which resulted in lower margins primarily because of a low introductory price.

      Research and Development. Research and development expense of $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 decreased $1.4 million, or 26%, compared to the corresponding period last year. This decrease primarily reflects lower prototype expenses and the cancellation of our solid streamer project. In the second quarter of 2003, we entered into the commercial phase of our VectorSeis System Four land acquisition cable-based system. This reduced our prototype expenses for the quarter ended March 31, 2004 compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2003. Also, we incurred a charge of $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2003 related to the write-down of inventory associated with our cancelled solid streamer project. There was no corresponding charge for the three months ended March 31, 2004.

      Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense of $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $0.5 million, or 17%, compared to the corresponding period last year. The increase is primarily related to expanding our sales force within China and Russia. In 2002, we opened our sales representative office in Beijing, China, and we further expanded our personnel and travel to the region throughout 2003 and the first quarter of 2004. In addition, in the first quarter of 2004, we opened a new sales representative office in Moscow, Russia.

49


Table of Contents

      General and Administrative. General and administrative expense of $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $0.6 million, or 15%, compared to the corresponding period last year. The increase in general and administrative expense is primarily attributable to an increase in professional fees associated with our continued implementation efforts to comply with the new rules and regulations of Sarbanes-Oxley, in addition to an increase in legal fees associated with various on-going legal matters in our ordinary course of business. Also, a portion of this increase is due to the acquisition of Concept Systems in February 2004.

      Gain on Sale of Assets. Gain on sale of assets of $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, primarily related to the sale of land across from our headquarters in Stafford, Texas.

      Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Impairment of long-lived assets of $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003 related to the cancellation of our solid streamer project within Marine Imaging. There was no corresponding charge during the three months ended March 31, 2004.

      Net Interest and Other Expense. Total net interest and other expense of $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004 increased $0.5 million compared to the corresponding period last year. The increase is primarily due to an increase in interest expense of $0.2 million due to the issuance of $60.0 million of our convertible senior notes. These convertible notes were issued in December 2003 and bear interest at an annual rate of 5.5%, payable semi-annually.

      Fair Value Adjustment of Warrant Obligation. The fair value adjustment of warrant obligation totaling $0.9 million was due to a change in the fair value between January 1, 2003 and March 31, 2003 of our previously outstanding common stock warrant. No comparable adjustment was recorded in the first quarter of 2004 because this warrant was exchanged for 125,000 shares of our common stock in December 2003.

      Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was $0.6 million compared to income tax expense of $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. Income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 reflected state and foreign taxes, as we continue to maintain a valuation allowance for our net deferred tax assets (other than prior alternative minimum tax payments that are recoverable through the carryback of our net operating losses).

 
Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

      Net Sales. Net sales of $150.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $31.5 million, or 27%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Land Imaging’s net sales increased $45.5 million, or 72%, to $108.5 million compared to $63.0 million in the corresponding period of last year. The increase was due to an increase in land seismic activity with our non-Western contractors, primarily in China and the CIS. Marine Imaging’s net sales decreased $17.7 million, or 33%, to $35.7 million compared to $53.4 million in the corresponding period last year. The decrease was due to continued overcapacity and reduction in capital spending in the marine contractor market. In 2003, we formed a new reporting segment, Processing, from our acquisition of AXIS in July 2002. Processing’s net sales for the twelve months ended December 31, 2003 were $5.8 million compared to $2.2 million recorded from the date of acquisition in July 2002 to the end of 2002.

      Cost of Sales. Cost of sales of $121.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $21.5 million, or 22%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Cost of sales for Land Imaging, Marine Imaging and Processing were $93.4 million, $25.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively. Cost of sales increased primarily as a result of the increase in sales activity in Land Imaging. In addition, a charge of $2.5 million was included in cost of sales related to the write-down of rental equipment associated with our first-generation radio-based VectorSeis land acquisition systems to its net realizable value. Included in cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2003 is $0.7 million of severance costs compared to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. Cost of sales was also negatively affected by $1.0 million and $4.3 million of inventory-related charges for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Gross Profit and Gross Profit Percentage. Gross profit of $27.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $10.3 million, or 59%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Gross profit percentage for the year ended December 31, 2003 was 19% compared to 15% for the year ended December 31, 2002. The

50


Table of Contents

improvement in gross profit was driven mainly by volume improvements as well sales of our higher-margin VectorSeis System Four land acquisition system which was commercialized in early 2003. Our gross profit percentage for the year ended December 31, 2003 was negatively impacted in part due to a charge of $2.5 million related to the write-down of rental equipment associated with our first generation radio-based VectorSeis land acquisition systems to its net realizable value, and inventory-related charges of $1.0 million. Inventory related charges for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $4.3 million.

      Research and Development. Research and development expense of $18.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $10.1 million, or 35%, compared to the corresponding period last year. This decrease primarily reflects reduced staffing levels, the cancellation of our marine solid streamer project, the entrance into the commercial phase of our VectorSeis System Four land acquisition system and a reduction of rent expense (primarily associated with our vacated Austin, Texas software development facility). For the year ended December 31, 2002, we incurred charges of $1.3 million relating to the closure of this facility. Included in research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 is $0.4 million of severance costs compared to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. For the year ended December 31, 2003, we incurred $0.2 million of expenses related to the cancellation of our solid streamer project within the Marine Imaging segment.

      Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense of $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 increased $1.3 million, or 12%, compared to the corresponding period last year. The increase was primarily related to higher sales and commissions on sales and due to the opening of our sales representative office in Beijing, China. We expect marketing and sales expenses to increase further in 2004, in part due to expenses related to our new Moscow, Russia sales representative office.

      General and Administrative. General and administrative expense of $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $3.0 million, or 15%, compared to the corresponding period last year. The decrease in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to reductions in personnel resulting from our 2002 and 2003 staff reduction activities and a reduction in bad debt expense due to collections of previously reserved notes receivable of $0.5 million. This decrease was partially offset by $0.4 million of moving costs associated with vacating our Alvin, Texas facility as well as the inclusion of AXIS, which we acquired in July 2002. Included in general and administrative expenses are severance costs of $0.2 million and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

      Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Impairment of long-lived assets of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 relates to the cancellation of our solid streamer project within Marine Imaging in the first quarter of 2003. Impairment of long-lived assets of $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 primarily relates to the impairment of our Alvin, Texas manufacturing facility, the impairment of the leasehold improvements of our Norwich, U.K. geophone stringing facility and certain related manufacturing equipment of both facilities. These impairment charges were triggered by the announced closure of the facilities.

      Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill impairment of $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 relates to the impairment of goodwill of our analog land products reporting unit. There was no corresponding charge during the year ended December 31, 2003.

      Net Interest and Other Income (Expense). Total net interest and other income (expense) of $(1.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $0.4 million compared to the corresponding period last year. Interest expense increased primarily due to the issuance of the $31.0 million SCF Note in August 2002, which in May 2003 we repaid $15.0 million in principal. In December 2003, a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of our convertible senior notes was used to repay in full the $16.0 million remaining SCF debt. Interest income decreased due to a decline in our cash balances and short-term interest rates, partially offset by an increase in our notes receivables. The increase in other income was primarily due to fluctuations in exchange rates and a gain on sale of assets primarily resulting from the auction of equipment related to our vacated Alvin manufacturing facility.

51


Table of Contents

      Fair Value Adjustment and Exchange of Warrant Obligation. The fair value adjustment and exchange of our warrant obligation totaling $1.8 million was due to a change in the fair value between January 1, 2003 and December 10, 2003 of our common stock warrant. On December 10, 2003, we exchanged the warrant for 125,000 shares of our common stock, which we issued to SCF. A fair value adjustment of $3.3 million was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2002.

      Impairment of Investment. Impairment of investment of $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 relates to the write-down of our investment in EVP to its approximate final liquidation value of $1.0 million.

      Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2003 decreased $56.4 million compared to the corresponding period last year. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 reflects $1.5 million of state and foreign taxes as we continue to maintain a valuation allowance for our net deferred tax assets (except for prior alternative minimum tax payments that are recoverable through the carryback of net operating losses), partially offset by federal tax refunds of $1.2 million. In the second quarter of 2002, we began to fully reserve for substantially all of our net deferred tax assets, which resulted in a net charge to income tax expense of $58.8 million during that period.

      Preferred Stock Dividend. Preferred stock dividend of $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 is related to our previously outstanding Series B and Series C Preferred Stock. We repurchased the preferred stock on August 6, 2002 and, as a result, there were no preferred stock dividends for the year ended December 31, 2003. The preferred stock dividend for the year ended December 31, 2002 includes a preferred stock dividend credit of $2.5 million, which represents the difference between the fair value of the consideration granted to the holder and our carrying value of the preferred stock at the time of the repurchase.

 
Year Ended December 31, 2002 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2001

      Net Sales. Net sales of $118.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $93.5 million, or 44%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Land Imaging’s net sales decreased $99.2 million, or 61%, to $63.0 million, primarily as a result of declining industry conditions and a loss of market share to our principal competitor. Marine Imaging’s net sales increased $3.5 million or 7%, to $53.4 million, compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in demand from Russian contractors. Processing’s net sales of $2.2 million resulted from our acquisition of AXIS in July 2002.

      Cost of Sales. Cost of sales of $99.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $38.8 million, or 28%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Costs of sales of Land Imaging, Marine Imaging and Processing were $65.0 million, $33.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively. The decrease was a result of reduced sales activity in Land Imaging, partially offset by lower gross profit on those revenues. Included in cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2002 were $1.9 million of severance costs, for which there were no corresponding costs for the year ended December 31, 2001. Cost of sales was negatively affected by $4.3 million and $3.6 million of inventory-related charges for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

      Gross Profit and Gross Profit Percentage. Gross profit of $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $55.0 million, or 76%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Gross profit percentage for the year ended December 31, 2002 was 15% compared to 34% in the prior year. The decline in gross profit percentage was primarily due to under-absorbed manufacturing overhead, inventory-related charges of $4.3 million, and to a lesser degree, severance for work force reductions totaling $1.9 million.

      Research and Development. Research and development expense of $28.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $0.7 million, or 2%, compared to the corresponding period last year. Research and development expense remained at relatively high levels as we completed the final stages of VectorSeis commercialization and continued to develop a solid marine streamer, a lightweight ground electronics system and an ocean bottom system that would exploit our VectorSeis technology. Also, research and development expenses included severance expenses of $0.8 million and charges related to the closure of our Austin, Texas facility of $1.3 million.

52


Table of Contents

      Marketing and Sales. Marketing and sales expense of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $0.4 million, or 4%, compared to the corresponding period last year. The decrease is primarily related to lower payroll costs and commissions on sales, partially offset by severance for work force reductions of $0.3 million.

      General and Administrative. General and administrative expense of $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 increased $0.1 million compared to the corresponding period last year. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to $0.6 million of abandoned lease costs associated with our Louisville, Colorado facility and an increase in bad debt expense (net of recoveries) of $0.5 million, partially offset by decreases in payroll, profit-based bonuses and facility related costs.

      Amortization of Goodwill. Amortization of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2001 was $3.9 million. There was no amortization of goodwill in 2002 due to the implementation of SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangibles Assets”, which, among other things, eliminated the amortization of goodwill.

      Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Impairment of long-lived assets of $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 primarily related to the impairment of our Alvin, Texas manufacturing facility, the leasehold improvements of our Norwich, U.K. geophone stringing facility and certain related manufacturing equipment of both facilities. The impairments were triggered by the announced closures of facilities. There was no corresponding charge during the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill impairment of $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 related to the impairment of goodwill of our analog land products reporting unit. There was no corresponding charge during the year ended December 31, 2001.

      Net Interest and Other Income (Expense). Total net interest and other income (expense) of $(1.6) million for the year ended December 31, 2002 decreased $6.2 million compared to the corresponding period last year. The decrease is primarily due to falling interest rates on cash balances, as well as increased interest expense on new debt, compared to the prior year.

      Fair Value Adjustment of Warrant Obligation. The fair value adjustment of our warrant obligation totaling $3.3 million was due to a change in the fair value of the SCF Warrant between August 6, 2002 (the issuance date) and December 31, 2002.

      Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense of $56.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2002 increased $53.6 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2001 due to a charge of $58.8 million in 2002 to establish an additional valuation allowance for substantially all of our net deferred tax assets. In the second quarter of 2002, we began to reserve for substantially all of our net deferred tax assets.

      Preferred Stock Dividends. Preferred stock dividends for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 were related to previously outstanding Series B and Series C Preferred Stock. The preferred stock dividend charge for the year ended December 31, 2002 was $0.9 million, compared to $5.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. We repurchased the preferred stock on August 6, 2002. The decrease in preferred stock dividends was due to a preferred stock dividend credit of approximately $2.5 million, which represented the difference in the fair value of the consideration granted to the holders of the preferred stock and our carrying value of the preferred stock at the time of the repurchase, and less than a full year of dividends in 2002.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 
Cash Flow from Operations

      We have traditionally financed operations from internally generated cash and funds from equity and debt financings. Cash and cash equivalents were $25.0 million at March 31, 2004, a decrease of $34.5 million, or 58%, compared to December 31, 2003. Net cash used in operating activities was $1.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to cash used in operating activities of $18.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The amount of net cash used in our operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2004 was due to an increase in data acquisition systems inventory within our Land Imaging segment that is scheduled to be delivered to customers in the second quarter of 2004.

53


Table of Contents

      Cash and cash equivalents were $59.5 million at December 31, 2003, a decrease of $16.7 million, or 22%, compared to December 31, 2002. Net cash used in operating activities was $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared to cash provided by operating activities of $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002. The net cash used in operating activities for 2003 was due in part to the loss from operations for the year. Also contributing to the net cash used during the period were an increase in accounts and notes receivable, as well as an increase in inventory related to increased activity in Land Imaging. We also took advantage of our cash position to reduce our accounts payable level. The increase in our accounts receivable was primarily due to a continued shift in our sales to foreign customers, which historically have been slower to pay.

      Cash and cash equivalents were $76.2 million at December 31, 2002, a decrease of $25.1 million, or 25%, compared to December 31, 2001. Net cash provided by operating activities was $13.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, compared to $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2001. This decrease in cash flow provided from operations was generally a result of lower operating levels in 2002 with smaller gross margins.

 
Cash Flow from Investing Activities

      Net cash flow used in investing activities was $31.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The principal investing activity was related to our purchase of Concept Systems in February 2004 for $38.4 million of cash including acquisition costs and 1,680,000 of our common shares, valued at $10.8 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we sold excess property and equipment for net proceeds of $1.5 million, a majority of which related to land located across from our headquarters in Stafford, Texas and received full payment on our $5.8 million note receivable that related to the sale of a subsidiary in 1999. We purchased $0.7 million of equipment during the three months ended March 31, 2004 and expect to spend an additional $5.0 million for equipment and other capital expenditures through the remainder of 2004.

      Net cash flow used in investing activities was $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, which represented a decrease of $3.3 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The principal investing activities were $4.6 million relating to capital expenditure projects, $3.0 million related to the investment in EVP in April 2003 and $1.3 million of additional consideration paid to the former shareholders of AXIS to settle all future contingent purchase price obligations. In the fourth quarter of 2003 we received $0.9 million from the liquidation of EVP. Planned capital expenditures for 2004 are approximately $5.8 million.

      Net cash flow used in investing activities was $10.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2002; a decrease of $3.9 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. Our principal investing activities in 2002 were $8.2 million relating to capital expenditure projects and $2.7 million, net of cash acquired, relating to our acquisitions of AXIS and S/N Technologies.

 
Cash Flow from Financing Activities

      Net cash flow used in financing activities was $0.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2004, compared to $0.6 million of cash used in financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2003. The cash flow used in financing activities primarily related to scheduled payments of $1.0 million on our notes payable.

      Cash flow provided by financing activities was $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003; an increase of $52.5 million compared to the use of cash for the year ended December 31, 2002. In December 2003, we issued $60.0 million of convertible senior notes which mature in December 2008. As part of this issuance we incurred approximately $3.5 million of underwriting and professional fees, which were recorded as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the 5-year term. A portion of the proceeds from this issuance was used to repay in full the $16.0 million in outstanding debt under the SCF Note. In May 2003, we had repaid $15.0 million of outstanding debt under the SCF Note. In addition, we paid $3.2 million related to other debt obligations.

54


Table of Contents

      Cash flow used in financing activities was $31.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2002, representing a decrease of $38.9 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2001. The principal use of cash was $30.0 million relating to the repurchase of preferred stock and $2.6 million for the repayment of long-term debt, partially offset by proceeds of $0.8 million from the issuance of common stock under our employee stock purchase plan and $1.0 million from the exercise of stock options.

 
Acquisition Indebtedness

      In July 2002, in connection with our acquisition of AXIS, we issued a $2.5 million three-year unsecured promissory note payable to the former shareholders of AXIS, bearing interest at 4.34% per year. Principal is payable in quarterly installments of $0.2 million, plus interest, with the final payment due in July 2005. The unpaid balance as of March 31, 2004 was $1.3 million.

      In January 2001, in connection with our acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Pelton Company, we issued a $3.0 million two-year unsecured promissory note payable to the former shareholder of Pelton, bearing interest at 8.5% per year. Principal was payable in quarterly payments of $0.4 million plus interest. The final payment on this note was made in February 2003.

 
Sale and Lease of Stafford Facilities

      In August 2001, we sold the land and buildings that house our corporate headquarters, our land imaging division and our MEMS facility in Stafford, Texas for $21.0 million cash, and repaid the outstanding mortgage loan secured by that property. At the same time, we entered into a non-cancelable lease with the purchaser of the property. This lease has a 12-year term with three consecutive options to extend the lease for five years each. We have no purchase option under this lease. As a result of the terms of the lease, the commitment was recorded as a twelve-year $21.0 million lease obligation with an implicit annual interest rate of 9.1%. We paid $1.7 million in commissions and professional fees, which were recorded as deferred financing costs and are being amortized over the 12-year term of the obligation. The unpaid balance of the lease payments as of March 31, 2004 was $18.6 million.

      The carrying value of the land and buildings are included as assets, and the value of the related lease obligations are included as liabilities, on our consolidated balance sheet under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. As of December 31, 2003, the net carrying value of the facilities on our consolidated balance sheet was approximately $12.6 million.

      The lease agreement contains financial covenants requiring us to maintain certain current ratios and tangible net worth during the first five years of the lease term. These financial covenants provide that if we fail to meet certain current ratio or tangible net worth requirements for any four consecutive quarters, we would have to provide a letter of credit to the landlord in the amount of $1.5 million. At June 30, 2003, we failed to meet the tangible net worth requirement for four consecutive quarters, and as a result, we provided a letter of credit to the landlord in the amount of $1.5 million during the third quarter of 2003. To secure the issuance of the letter of credit, we were required to deposit $1.5 million with the issuing bank. This letter of credit will remain outstanding until we are back in compliance with the tangible net worth requirements for eight consecutive quarters, or until the expiration of the eighth year of the lease, which is in 2009. We were not in compliance with the tangible net worth requirement at December 31, 2003 and March 31, 2004.

Liquidity and Capital Resources After this Offering

      In December 2003, we issued $60.0 million of 5.5% senior convertible notes due in 2008. We used a substantial portion of the proceeds from the sale of convertible notes to repay in full the approximately $16.0 million of outstanding indebtedness under the SCF Note and we used a total of $38.4 million cash, including acquisition costs, from such proceeds and from our general corporate funds for the Concept acquisition in February 2004. As a result, our interest expense is expected to increase for 2004 and the foreseeable future. Our ability to make scheduled payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance, our indebtedness depends on our future business performance, which is subject to many economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control.

55


Table of Contents

      We currently plan to enter into our New Credit Facility before the completion of this offering. We expect that the New Credit Facility will permit borrowings of up to $75.0 million and include typical financial covenants, including a maximum leverage ratio, a minimum fixed charge ratio, and certain other restrictions based on the consolidated assets of I/O. We also expect that this New Credit Facility will be secured by a lien on all of our domestic assets and the capital stock of our subsidiaries, with liens on voting capital stock of our foreign subsidiaries limited to 65% of such stock. We intend to finance a portion of the purchase price for the GXT acquisition with borrowings under this New Credit Facility.

      Based upon our management’s internal revenue forecast, our liquidity requirements in the near term and our projected increase in seismic activity primarily outside of North America, we currently believe that the combination of our projected internally generated cash and our working capital (including cash and cash equivalents on hand), will be adequate to meet our anticipated capital and liquidity requirements for the next twelve months. We also anticipate that a larger percentage of our future sales in 2004 and beyond will be to foreign customers, particularly those in China and the CIS. As a result of this change in customer mix, our collections cycle may be longer than we have traditionally experienced.

      We anticipate an increase in worldwide seismic activity in 2004. However, this anticipated increase may not materialize. As a result, our internal revenue forecast may not be realized, resulting in lower cash flows available for our future capital needs. In order to meet these future capital requirements, we may need to issue additional debt or equity securities. We cannot assure you that we would be able to issue additional equity or debt securities in the future on terms that would be acceptable to us, or at all.

Future Contractual Obligations

      The following table sets forth estimates of future payments for 2004 through 2009, and thereafter, of our consolidated contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003 (in thousands). This table does not include any future obligations under our proposed New Credit Facility.

                                                         
Payments Due by Fiscal Year

2009 and
Contractual Obligations Total 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Thereafter








Long-Term Debt and Lease Obligations
  $ 81,203     $ 2,687     $ 1,840     $ 1,470     $ 1,610     $ 61,763     $ 11,833  
Operating Leases
    5,120       2,453       806       559       374       928        
Product Warranty
    3,433       3,433                                
Purchase Obligations
    19,812       19,422       390                          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 109,568     $ 27,995     $ 3,036     $ 2,029     $ 1,984     $ 62,691     $ 11,833  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The debt and lease obligations at December 31, 2003 consist primarily of $60.0 million in convertible senior notes that mature in December 2008. The remaining amount of these obligations consist of $1.5 million in unsecured promissory notes related to our acquisition of AXIS in 2002, $0.9 million of insurance costs we financed through short-term notes payable, and $18.8 million related to the lease arrangement housing our corporate headquarters, our Land Imaging division and MEMS facility in Stafford, Texas.

      The operating lease commitments at December 31, 2003 relate to our lease of certain equipment, offices, and warehouse space under non-cancelable operating leases.

      The liability for product warranties at December 31, 2003 relates to the estimated future warranty expenditures associated with our products. Our warranty periods range from 90 days to three years from the date of original purchase, depending on the product. We record an accrual for product warranties and other contingencies when estimated future expenditures associated with those contingencies become probable and the amounts can be reasonably estimated.

      Our purchase obligations primarily relate to our committed inventory purchase orders for which deliveries are scheduled to be made in 2004. Included in this amount is a minimum payment commitment of labor hours

56


Table of Contents

to the outsource provider for the manufacturing of our vibrator vehicles, which extends through 2005 and approximates $0.4 million in each of the years ending December 31, 2004 and 2005.

      As part of our business plan, we are increasing the use of contract manufacturers as an alternative to in-house manufacturing. Under a few of our outsourcing arrangements, our manufacturing outsourcers first utilize our on-hand inventory, then directly purchase inventory at agreed-upon quantities and lead times in order to meet our scheduled deliveries. If demand proves to be less than we originally forecasted (thereby allowing us to cancel our committed purchase orders with our outsourcer), our manufacturing outsourcer has the right to require us to purchase inventory which it had purchased on our behalf. However, since we now issue purchase orders to our outsourcers based upon our short-term forecast (usually three months or less), we believe we have reduced the risk that we may be required to purchase any substantial quantities of inventory that we may never utilize.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations.” This Statement addresses financial accounting and reporting for obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and the associated asset retirement costs. The provisions of this statement are effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2002. We adopted SFAS No. 143 on January 1, 2003 and its adoption did not have an impact on our results of operations or financial position.

      In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities,” which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, “Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).” SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity is recognized when the liability is incurred. Under EITF Issue 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was recognized at the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. The provisions of SFAS No. 146 are effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002, and we have adopted them for 2003. For all exit and disposal activities initiated on or before December 31, 2002, we have continued to follow EITF No. 94-3.

      In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation (FIN) No. 45, “Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others: an Interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 67, and 107 and Rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34.” FIN No. 45 clarifies the requirements of FASB No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies,” relating to the guarantor’s accounting for, and disclosure of, the issuance of certain types of guarantees. The initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN No. 45 are applicable on a prospective basis to guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. Our adoption of FIN No. 45 did not have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.

      In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation— Transition and Disclosure— and Amendment of FASB No. 123.” SFAS No. 148 amends FASB No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for a voluntary change in fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. In addition, SFAS No. 148 amends the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 to require more prominent disclosures in both annual and interim financial statements about the method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the effect of the method used on reported results. We have elected to continue to follow the intrinsic value method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principal Board Opinion No. 25.

      In January 2003, the FASB issued FIN No. 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51.” The primary objective of the interpretation is to provide guidance on the identification of and financial reporting for entities over which control is achieved through means other than voting rights; such entities are known as variable-interest entities (VIEs). FIN No. 46 provides guidance that determines (1) whether consolidation is required under the “controlling financial interest” model of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, “Consolidated Financial Statements,” or other existing authoritative

57


Table of Contents

guidance, or, alternatively, (2) whether the variable-interest model under FIN No. 46 should be used to account for existing and new entities. In December 2003, the FASB completed deliberations of proposed modifications to FIN 46 (FIN 46-R) resulting in multiple effective dates based on the nature as well as creation date of the VIE. FIN No. 46, as revised, did not have an impact on our results of operations or financial position.

      In April 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 149, “Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which amends and clarifies financial accounting and reporting for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts (collectively referred to as derivatives) and for hedging activities under SFAS No. 133. This statement is effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003, and for hedging relationships designated after June 30, 2003. Our adoption of this statement had no initial impact on the results of operations or financial position.

      In May 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity.” This statement establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. It requires a financial instrument within its scope to be classified as a liability. It is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003. These effective dates are not applicable to the provisions of paragraphs 9 and 10 of SFAS 150 as they apply to mandatorily redeemable noncontrolling interests, as the FASB has delayed these provisions indefinitely. Our adoption of this statement had no initial impact on our results of operations or financial position.

      In December 2003, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 104, “Revenue Recognition,” which supercedes SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements.” SAB 104’s primary purpose is to rescind accounting guidance contained in SAB 101 related to multiple element revenue arrangements, which was superceded as a result of the issuance of EITF 00-21, “Accounting for Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” While the wording of SAB 104 has changed to reflect the issuance of EITF 00-21, the revenue recognition principles of SAB 101 remain largely unchanged by the issuance of SAB 104. The impact of SAB 104 did not have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

Credit Risk

      Currently, our principal customers are seismic contractors, which operate seismic data acquisition systems and related equipment to collect data in accordance with their customers’ specifications or for their own seismic data libraries. In addition, we market and sell products and services to oil and gas companies. In 2003, BGP accounted for approximately 28% of our consolidated net sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, BGP accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated net sales. In 2002, two of our largest customers, WesternGeco and Laboratory of Regional GeoDynamics, Limited, were responsible for approximately 11% and 10%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The loss of any one of these customers or deterioration in our relations with any of them could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In recent years, our customers have been rapidly consolidating, shrinking the demand for our products.

      Approximately $10.6 million of our total notes receivable at March 31, 2004 related to one customer, a subsidiary of a major Russian energy company. During 2003, this customer became delinquent on approximately $0.8 million of its scheduled principal and interest payments, in addition to becoming delinquent on $1.8 million of its trade receivables. In January 2004, we refinanced the delinquent portion of its notes and trade receivables into a new notes totaling $2.6 million, with payments due in equal installments over a twelve-month period. Based on our internal credit review and meetings with the customer and its parent company, we expect the customer will pay all of its obligations in full and, therefore, no allowance has been established for these receivables.

      During the year ended December 31, 2003, we recognized $20.0 million of sales to customers in the CIS, $15.4 million of sales to customers in Latin American countries, $20.0 million of sales to customers in Europe and $44.7 million of sales to customers in Asia. The majority of our foreign sales are denominated in

58


Table of Contents

U.S. dollars. During the three months ended March 31, 2004, we recognized $3.4 million of sales to customers in the CIS, $0.9 million of sales to customers in Latin American countries, $12.0 million of sales to customers in Europe and $8.0 million of sales to customers in Asia. In recent years, the CIS and certain Latin American countries have experienced economic problems and uncertainties as well as devaluations of their currencies. A continuation of weak demand for the services provided by certain of our customers will further strain their revenues and cash resources, thereby resulting in a higher likelihood of defaults in the timely payment of their obligations to us under our credit sales arrangements. Increased levels of payment defaults by our customers with respect to our credit sales arrangements could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. To the extent that world events or economic conditions negatively affect our future sales to customers in those and other regions of the world or the collectibility of our existing receivables, our future results of operations, liquidity and financial condition may be adversely affected.

SCF Note and Warrant

      In August 2002, we repurchased all of the 40,000 outstanding shares of our Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and all of the 15,000 outstanding shares of our Series C Convertible Preferred Stock from SCF Partners, a Houston-based private equity fund specializing in oil service investments. In exchange for the preferred stock, we paid SCF $30.0 million in cash at closing, issued SCF a $31.0 million unsecured promissory note due May 7, 2004 and granted SCF a warrant to purchase 2,673,517 shares of our common stock at $8.00 per share which was set to expire on August 5, 2005. The note bore interest at 8% per annum until May 7, 2003, at which time the interest rate increased to 13%. We recorded interest on this note at an effective rate of approximately 11% per year. In May 2003, we repaid $15.0 million of the note and in December 2003, we repaid, in full, the remaining outstanding $16.0 million indebtedness. In addition, in December 2003, we terminated the warrant in exchange for 125,000 shares of our common stock with a market value of $3.54 per share.

      Under the terms of a registration rights agreement, SCF had the right to demand that we file a registration statement for the resale of the shares of common stock SCF acquired upon exercise of the warrant. If we were acquired in a business combination pursuant to which our stockholders receive less than 60% of the aggregate consideration in the form of publicly traded common equity, then the holder of the warrant had the option to require the Company to acquire the warrant at its fair value as determined by the Black-Scholes valuation model, as further refined by the terms of the warrant agreement. Because we could have been required to repurchase the warrant in these limited circumstances, we had classified the warrant as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheet.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

      The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States requires management to make choices between acceptable methods of accounting and to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. The following accounting policies are based on, among other things, judgments and assumptions made by management that include inherent risk and uncertainties. Management’s estimates are based on the relevant information available at the end of each period.

  Revenue Recognition and Product Warranty— Revenue is derived from the sale of data acquisition systems and other seismic equipment as well as from the processing of seismic data. For the sales of data acquisition systems, we follow the requirements of SOP 97-2 “Software Revenue Recognition,” and recognize revenue when the system is delivered to the customer and risk of ownership has passed to the customer, or, in the limited case where a customer acceptance clause exists in the contract, the later of delivery or when customer acceptance is obtained. For the sales of other seismic equipment, we recognize revenue when the equipment is shipped and risk of ownership has passed to the customer. For processing of seismic data, revenue is recognized at the time of delivery of the processed data to the customer.

59


Table of Contents

  When elements such as a data acquisition system and other seismic equipment are contained in a single arrangement, or in related arrangements with the same customer, we allocate revenue to each element based on its relative fair value, provided that such element meets the criteria for treatment as a separate unit of accounting. The price charged when the element is sold separately generally determines fair value. We limit the amount of revenue recognition for delivered elements to the amount that is not contingent on the future delivery of products or services. We do not grant return or refund privileges to our customers.
 
  We warrant that all manufactured equipment will be free from defects in workmanship, material and parts. Warranty periods range from 90 days to three years from the date of original purchase, depending on the product. At the time of sale, we record an accrual for product warranties and other contingencies, at which time estimated future expenditures associated with such contingencies are probable, and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. However, new information may become available, or circumstances (such as applicable laws and regulations) may change, thereby resulting in an increase or decrease in the amount required to be accrued for such matters (and therefore a decrease or increase in reported net income in the period of such change).
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets— We periodically evaluate the net realizable value of long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, relying on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections and anticipated future cash flows. We recognize impairment in the carrying value of an asset whenever we estimate that anticipated future cash flows (undiscounted) from an asset are less than its carrying value. We recognize the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its fair value as the amount of the impairment. Since we must exercise judgment in determining the fair value of long-lived assets, the carrying value of our long-lived assets may be either overstated or understated.
 
  In May 2003, a strategic marketing alliance with Veritas DGC Inc. was terminated. We reassessed the net realizable value of our rental equipment, which was being utilized in North America as part of the alliance. This equipment was associated with our first generation radio-based VectorSeis land acquisition systems. This equipment was an older generation of our technology, therefore the market demand and its net realizable value was significantly less than our current generation VectorSeis land acquisition systems. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $2.5 million in 2003.
 
  In early 2003, we initiated an evaluation of our marine solid streamer project and concluded we would no longer internally pursue this product for commercial development. In conjunction with this evaluation, certain fixed assets and patented technology were considered impaired, resulting in a write-down of fixed assets of $0.5 million and intangible assets of $0.6 million in the first quarter of 2003.
 
  In 2002, we announced plans to close our Alvin, Texas and Norwich, U.K. manufacturing facilities. Applicable accounting rules required us to perform an impairment analysis as a result of the announced closures. As a result, we recorded an impairment charge of $6.3 million in 2002. We relied upon third party quoted market prices for the facilities and internally developed operating cash flows during the interim period prior to their closure to determine the amount of the impairment of other related assets.
 
Impairment of Goodwill— On January 1, 2002, we adopted SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Since adoption of SFAS No. 142 we no longer amortize goodwill, but instead test for impairment at least annually and as triggering events occur. In making this assessment we rely on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, internal and external economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and external market data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and our judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. Since our judgment is involved in performing goodwill valuation analyses, the carrying value of our goodwill may be either overstated or understated.

60


Table of Contents

  In the third quarter of 2002, we recorded an impairment charge of $15.1 million, which related to all the goodwill of our land analog products reporting unit, a reporting unit within Land Imaging. The continuing weakness in the traditional analog land seismic markets and the financial condition of many of the seismic contractors, coupled with the anticipated decrease in demand for analog products, precipitated the need for this interim impairment. We determine the fair value of our reporting units using a discounted future returns valuation method.

  Realization of Investments— We accounted for our investment in EVP under the cost method, where we review the investment for impairment when we estimate that the fair value of our investment has fallen below the then-current carrying amount. When we deem the decline to be other than temporary, we record an impairment charge for the difference between the investment’s carrying value and its estimated fair value at the time. Since the time of our investment, EVP failed to close two anticipated asset management agreements, which resulted in EVP’s management re-evaluating its business model and adequacy of capital. The board of directors of EVP voted to liquidate EVP, as it was unable to present a clear and feasible business strategy. As a result, we wrote our investment in EVP down to its approximate fair value of $1.0 million. This fair value represents our best estimate of the expected liquidation payout. In December 2003, we received a portion of our liquidation payment and expect to receive our final liquidation payment in the first quarter of 2004.
 
  Accounts and Notes Receivable Collectibility— We consider current information and circumstances regarding our customers’ ability to repay their obligations, and consider an account or note impaired when it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due. When we consider an account or note as impaired, we measure the amount of the impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows or the fair value of collateral. We include impairment losses (recoveries) in our allowance for doubtful accounts and for loan loss through an increase (decrease) in bad debt expense. Notes receivable are collateralized by the products sold, bear interest at contractual rates up to 12.7% per year and are due at various dates through 2006. The weighted average interest rate at December 31, 2003 for our notes receivable was 7.4%. We first apply cash receipts on impaired notes to reduce the principal amount of such notes until the principal has been recovered and then we recognize additional cash receipts as interest income.
 
  Inventory Obsolescence— We provide reserves for estimated obsolescence or excess inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated market value based upon assumptions about future demand for our products and market conditions. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we recorded inventory-related charges of approximately $1.0 million, $4.3 million and $3.6 million, respectively.
 
  Deferred Tax Valuation Allowance— In 2002, we established an additional valuation allowance to reserve substantially all of our net deferred tax assets. In accordance with SFAS No. 109, we established an additional valuation allowance for substantially all of our net deferred tax assets based on our cumulative operating results in the most recent three-year period. Our results in this period were heavily affected by both industry conditions and deliberate and planned business restructuring activities in response to the prolonged downturn in the seismic equipment market, as well as heavy expenditures on research and development of our VectorSeis technology. Nevertheless, more recent losses represented sufficient negative evidence to establish an additional valuation allowance. We will continue to reserve substantially all of our net deferred tax assets until we have sufficient evidence to warrant reversal. This valuation allowance does not affect our ability to reduce future tax expense through utilization of net operating losses.

61


Table of Contents

  Stock-Based Compensation— We have elected to continue to follow the intrinsic value method of accounting for equity-based compensation as prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25. If we had adopted SFAS No. 123, net income (loss), basic income (loss) per share and diluted income (loss) per share for the periods presented would have been reduced (increased) as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                                         
Three Months
Year Ended December 31, Ended March 31,


2003 2002 2001 2004 2003





(in thousands, except per share data)
Net income (loss) applicable to common shares
  $ (23,152 )   $ (119,672 )   $ 3,709     $ (558 )   $ (5,279 )
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported income (loss) applicable to common shares
    (222 )     417       246       39       (312 )
Deduct: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value methods for all awards
    (2,463 )     (3,531 )     (4,244 )     (657 )     (329 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net loss
  $ (25,837 )   $ (122,786 )   $ (289 )   $ (1,176 )   $ (5,920 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic and diluted income (loss) per common share— as reported
  $ (0.45 )   $ (2.35 )   $ 0.07     $ (0.01 )   $ (0.10 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share
  $ (0.50 )   $ (2.41 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.02 )   $ (0.12 )
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The above amounts are based on Black-Scholes valuation model variables of an average risk free interest rate based on 5-year Treasury bonds, an estimated option term of five years, no dividends and expected price volatility of 60% during the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002 and 41% during the year ended December 31, 2001.

      We believe that all of the judgments and estimates used to prepare our financial statements were reasonable at the time we made them, but circumstances may change requiring us to revise our estimates in ways that could be materially adverse to our results of operations and financial condition.

62


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

      We are a leading provider of seismic imaging technology used by oil and gas companies and seismic contractors for exploration, appraisal, development and reservoir monitoring in both land and marine environments. We add value for our customers by providing technologies and services to collect seismic data and develop geophysical images to find, develop and extract hydrocarbons more quickly and economically. We offer a full suite of related products and services for seismic data acquisition and processing without owning vessels or maintaining crews typically used in the field to acquire seismic data.

      Our strategy is to be the leading company in delivering cost-effective seismic imaging technologies, from designing and planning seismic surveys to acquiring and processing seismic data— which we refer to as the “seismic value chain.” Through recent acquisitions, we have implemented our strategy to reposition our business from being primarily an equipment and technology provider to offering our customers full-seismic imaging solutions. We believe our technologies and solutions will improve exploration and production economics for the energy industry. Our seismic data acquisition products are well suited for both traditional three-dimensional (3-D) and time-lapse, or four-dimensional (4-D), data collection as well as more advanced multi-component — or full-wave — seismic data collection techniques. Based on historical revenues, we believe that we are a market leader in numerous product lines, such as geophones, navigation and data management software and marine positioning systems. Through our AXIS business unit, we also offer advanced seismic data processing and imaging services, with a particular focus on land environments.

      On February 23, 2004, we acquired Concept Holdings Systems Limited. Concept Systems, based in Scotland, is a leading provider of integrated planning, navigation and data management software and solutions for towed streamer, seabed and land seismic operations. Its software is installed on the majority of towed streamer marine vessels worldwide and has rapidly become an integral component of redeployable and permanent seabed monitoring systems. Concept Systems also offers services to assist oil and gas companies in implementing 4-D seismic programs to permanently monitor hydrocarbon reservoirs. Its software and services will complement our marine control and positioning equipment and VectorSeis digital sensor technologies. This acquisition will also extend our services offering to the design and optimization of 4-D reservoir monitoring (or life-of-field) seismic projects.

Planned Acquisition of GXT

      On May 10, 2004, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with GXT and its stockholders to acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of GXT, a leading provider of seismic data processing and subsurface imaging services to oil and gas companies.

      GXT is focused on marine environments and specializes in providing customized imaging solutions utilizing GXT’s expertise in computer processing technology. The improved images derived from GXT’s processing and imaging technology enable oil and gas companies to more easily and economically identify and access hydrocarbon reservoirs. GXT’s geoscientists and computer scientists have developed advanced proprietary processing algorithms that incorporate technologies such as illumination analysis, velocity models and pre-stack depth and time migration. GXT leverages the power of parallel computer clusters to process seismic data through these algorithms in order to develop higher-quality, more accurate, clearer images in shorter cycle times than conventional seismic processing.

      Currently, the majority of GXT’s processing and imaging involves data collected with traditional 2-D and 3-D techniques. GXT, however, has several development projects underway to apply its advanced processing technologies to data gathered through multi-component and 4-D time-lapse data collection methods.

      GXT complements its core processing and imaging services with a suite of support services, including:

  survey design, project management and quality control for seismic data acquisition;
 
  data preconditioning for advanced pre-stack depth and time imaging;

63


Table of Contents

  4-D monitoring of reservoir fluid movement; and
 
  outsourced, turnkey management of seismic data acquisition and image processing services.

      GXT offers its services to customers on both an independent and turnkey basis. Through its Processing and Imaging (P&I) services, GXT develops images by applying its proprietary processing technology to data owned or licensed by its customers. Under these arrangements, its customers separately arrange and pay for survey design, data collection, processing and imaging and retain exclusive ownership of the data after image development.

      Through its Integrated Seismic Solutions (ISS), GXT manages the entire seismic process, from survey planning and design to data acquisition and management through pre-processing and final subsurface imaging. GXT does not own vessels, field crews or other seismic logistics assets. Rather, it focuses on the more technologically intensive components of the image development process, such as survey planning and design and data processing and interpretation, and outsources the logistics component to geophysical logistics contractors. This flexible, asset-light approach frees GXT to structure the survey design, data acquisition means and imaging approach to meet the customer’s geophysical objectives as well as its budget and timing constraints. It also enables it to employ parallelized work flows to reduce cycle times and increase image quality. The more limited required capital investment provides GXT increased operational flexibility.

      GXT offers its ISS to customers on both a proprietary and multi-client basis. On both bases, the customers fully pre-fund the data acquisition. With the proprietary service, the customer also pays for the imaging and processing and has exclusive ownership of the data post imaging. With the multi-client service, GXT assumes minimal processing risk but retains ownership of the data and images and receives on-going revenue from subsequent image sales. For the nine months ending March 31, 2004, P&I and ISS accounted for 41% and 57% of revenues, respectively.

      The majority of GXT’s P&I and ISS have been applied in the Gulf of Mexico. GXT’s growth plans entail growing its ISS business, enhancing its field development and optimization capabilities and expanding its service offering internationally and to land environments.

      GXT has numerous large oil companies as customers, including British Petroleum, Marathon Oil, TotalFinaElf, Apache, ChevronTexaco and ExxonMobil. During the nine months ending March 31, 2004, one customer accounted for 16% of revenues. No other customer accounted for more than 10% of GXT’s revenues.

      GXT is headquartered in Houston with service centers in other major energy markets, including Calgary, Canada, London, England and Aberdeen, Scotland. GXT also has an experienced employee base. Of its more than 180 employees, over half have advanced degrees in geology, geophysics or other related sciences.

 
Anticipated Benefits of GXT Acquisition

      We believe that the acquisition of GXT will provide us with several strategic benefits:

      More Balanced Position in the Seismic Value Chain. The GXT acquisition will solidify our transition from primarily manufacturing seismic data collection equipment to providing full-scope seismic technology solutions. In addition, the GXT acquisition will strengthen our expertise and capabilities at each technology link in the seismic value chain, from survey planning and design to data collection management and pre-processing to image development. This broader, more technology-focused and seismic-oriented presence will enable us to deliver additional integrated, full-service imaging solutions to our customers. Additionally, we expect that the more consistent service-based revenue streams from GXT’s business will lessen the historical volatility in our revenues from original equipment manufacturing.

      More Service and Technology Intensive Business Model. We believe that the GXT acquisition will increase our emphasis on human capital, service and technology. We will own advanced technologies across the entire seismic spectrum—from survey planning through final image development, including the critical technologies associated with full-wave or multi-component imaging. These technologies will include our digital, full-wave sensor (VectorSeis) and GXT’s multi-component processing capability. While we focus on delivering integrated seismic solutions, we do not intend to participate in the traditional, capital-intensive

64


Table of Contents

logistical aspects of field data collection. Our approach differs from the conventional seismic contracting model in which significant investment is required for logistics assets, such as boats and crews to collect data in the field.

      Accelerated Development of Imaging Solutions. GXT’s advanced imaging technology, particularly pre-stack depth and time migration solutions, as well as its experience in deep marine environments, complements the advanced velocity imaging technology and experience in land environments that we have developed in our AXIS group. GTX’s pre-stack depth migration solutions involve advanced processing techniques to convert seismic wave time-based information to depth-based information. This conversion to depth-based data is relied upon by geologists to more accurately map subsurface structures. GXT’s pre-stack depth migration techniques are well suited for complex hydrocarbon reservoirs and deeper drilling targets. The accurate time-to-depth conversion that GXT’s techniques feature is important in processing digital, full-wave data from next-generation sensors, including our VectorSeis sensors. We believe that the combination of our technologies, bases of experience and technology development teams will enable us to accelerate our seismic technology development and advance our capabilities to provide improved digital full-wave imaging solutions.

      Enhanced Ability to Service the Full Reservoir Life Cycle. The GXT acquisition will improve our ability to provide seismic imaging solutions throughout the life cycle of an oil or natural gas reservoir. The combination of our digital seismic data collection and monitoring technology and AXIS’ processing and imaging capabilities, when combined with GXT’s advanced processing and imaging expertise, will improve our ability to extend the use of our seismic services across the productive life of the reservoir.

      Expanded Collaboration with Oil and Gas Customers. GXT has standing relationships with major, independent and national oil and gas companies. We intend to leverage these relationships to provide full-scope seismic solutions through GXT’s ISS services. We believe this approach will enable us to increase the use of our seismic data acquisition and monitoring technologies and services by these oil and gas companies and the seismic contractors who work with them. We also intend to use the relationships to better understand our target customers’ geophysical needs and to develop technologies and services that better address those needs.

Our Strengths and Challenges

      We believe our strengths include the following:

      A Leader in Subsurface Imaging Technology. We believe that our technology is central to the development of digital full-wave imaging. We expect full-wave imaging to be the next generation of seismic data acquisition and processing. Combined with those of GXT, our proprietary technologies will include our:

  VectorSeis digital sensors, which allow full-wave data acquisition on land, on the seabed and in-well, and which have been proven effective in nearly 100 field surveys worldwide;
 
  processing services incorporating our AXIS subsidiary’s AZIM processing technology, along with GXT’s processing technologies, which, when combined with VectorSeis data, result in higher quality seismic images;
 
  positioning and streamer control systems, which support accurate and repeatable surveys in marine applications; and
 
  data management software, which facilitates the collection and integration of acquired data streams.

      We believe we have a leading market share in a number of important seismic technologies, including digital sensors, geophones, navigation and data management software, positioning and streamer control systems and anisotropic processing.

      Experienced Management. Our executive management team has extensive experience in the seismic technology and services industry. In April 2003, Robert P. Peebler became our Chief Executive Officer after serving as a member of our Board of Directors since 1999. Mr. Peebler has over 30 years experience in the oil and gas industry, during which he has focused most of his time on recognizing and commercializing new

65


Table of Contents

technology to enhance hydrocarbon exploration and production. To help lead the development and implementation of our seismic image-focused strategy, Mr. Peebler recruited several new senior executives to augment our management team, including Jorge Machnizh, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, J. Michael Kirksey, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Chris Friedemann, Vice President— Commercial Development, and Jim Hollis, Vice President— Land Imaging Systems. In addition, Bjarte Fageraas, who served as our Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since 2001, has become Vice President— Marine Imaging Systems. The Concept Systems acquisition further augmented our management team, adding Alastair Hay, Managing Director of Concept Systems, Alan Faichney, Director of Technology of Concept Systems, among others. With the GXT acquisition, we intend for Mick Lambert, currently President and Chief Executive Officer of GXT, to continue to lead the GXT operations and join our senior management group. In addition, we will inherit an accomplished GXT management team with proven success in the development and commercial application of seismic processing technology.

      Strategic Alliances with Oil Companies. In October 2003, we entered into a non-binding memorandum of understanding to form a strategic seismic technology alliance with Apache Corporation, a leading independent oil and gas exploration and production company. This alliance is designed to accelerate the adoption of our VectorSeis sensor and AZIM processing and imaging technologies while solving some of the more complex reservoir problems in Apache’s global portfolio. We are pursuing similar strategic alliances with other oil and gas exploration and production companies. The collaborative relationships that GXT has established with oil and gas companies will contribute to these efforts.

      Global Presence. We have resources and operations located in the historical North American oil and gas centers of Houston, New Orleans and Denver as well as key oil and gas centers around the world, including the Middle East, North Sea, Beijing and Moscow. This global presence gives us the local contacts necessary to be responsive with our growing international customer base. GXT adds to this capability with offices in Calgary, London and Aberdeen.

      Despite these strengths, we continue to face a number of serious challenges in our business. We experienced operating losses for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, the seven months ended December 31, 2000, and the years ended May 31, 2000 and 1999. As of December 31, 2003, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $158.5 million. A number of factors have contributed to our operating losses, including a general downturn in the seismic equipment market, significant charges related to our restructuring activities and research and development expenditures.

      Furthermore, our business is subject to numerous risks. Since our current strategy depends, to a large extent, on market acceptance of our VectorSeis products and other seismic technology, any actual or perceived failures in the performance or reliability of those products would negatively impact our sales and results of operations. In addition, our reliance on a relatively small number of significant customers has traditionally exposed us to risks related to customer concentration. For a discussion of the risks related to our business, please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

Our Strategy

      Our goal is to integrate the next generation of sensors and processing technology into seismic imaging solutions that will enable oil and gas companies to more cost-effectively find and manage reservoirs throughout the production life cycle. We intend to do this by building on our current technology platforms through both internal development and selective acquisitions. In addition, we intend to use our technology to lower the cost and shorten the cycle times of seismic surveys by replacing labor-intensive processes with more efficient, technology-based systems. Specifically, we intend to:

      Lead the Next Generation of Seismic Imaging Technology. The reservoir discovery and management process has grown increasingly challenging due to greater reservoir depths, more complex and subtle reservoir structures and the need to track fluid movements within hydrocarbon reservoirs. Conventional analog sensor and seismic processing technology has matured and proven unable to adequately meet these more difficult reservoir challenges. Our digital VectorSeis sensor captures significantly greater data than conventional analog sensors. We believe that using VectorSeis sensors in conjunction with the advanced processing techniques of

66


Table of Contents

AXIS and GXT generally produces more detailed, better quality seismic images than conventional seismic technology. We believe that these improved images will enable oil and gas companies to more economically find and develop the deeper and more geologically complex and subtle hydrocarbon fields that they are increasingly exploring and developing. We believe our integrated service and technology offerings across the seismic value chain and our digital sensor and full-wave processing technologies will position us as one of the leaders in subsurface imaging technologies.

      Extend our Seismic Imaging Solutions Across the Full Reservoir Life Cycle. In the past, seismic imaging has been used primarily to assist in hydrocarbon exploration, rather than in developing, or enhancing production from, a proven field. By comparing detailed images of the same reservoir at different points in time, oil and gas companies can track fluid movements and enhance production from a reservoir. We intend to leverage the strength of Concept Systems in designing and managing 4-D life-of-field projects to work with oil and gas companies to apply our seismic imaging technology to reservoir development and production, as well as exploration. These technologies will include processing services, such as those provided by GXT.

      Reduce the Costs and Cycle Time of the Seismic Process. We intend to collaborate with oil and gas companies through survey planning, data acquisition, processing and image development in order to deliver seismic image solutions. We believe that there are efficiencies to be gained from integrating the process components and improving sequencing and outsourcing logistics, which should shorten the overall cycle time as well as reduce the overall cost of the seismic process to oil and gas companies.

      Make Selective Acquisitions. We intend to pursue selective acquisitions of products and services that accelerate the adoption of our advanced seismic imaging products and services. We seek to acquire and integrate technologies and services that will expand our ability to provide next generation imaging services and products to oil and gas companies and seismic contractors throughout the life of a reservoir. We will continue to identify, evaluate and pursue acquisitions of products, services and organizations that are strategically important to us and our growth strategy. In February 2004, we acquired Concept Systems. We plan to complete the acquisition of GXT concurrently with the consummation of this offering. See “Planned Acquisition of GXT.”

      Expand our Strategic Alliances. We intend to pursue strategic alliances with oil and gas exploration and production companies, which we believe will enable us to more effectively influence technology and equipment deployment in the seismic value chain. These alliances will also provide us with the opportunity to directly market our technology and services for use throughout the reservoir life cycle. Working directly with oil and gas companies will also provide us with valuable information to guide our product development efforts. Our strategic alliance with Apache Corporation is the first of these alliances that we are pursuing. We believe that GXT’s collaborative relationships with oil and gas customers should help us develop other relationships. In addition, we intend to enhance our current relationships with seismic contractors.

Industry Overview

      Oil and gas companies have traditionally used seismic data to reduce exploration risk by creating an image of the subsurface. Typically, an oil and gas company contracts with a geophysical logistics contracting company to acquire seismic data in a selected area. The contractor will often rely on third parties, such as I/ O, to provide the contractor with the technology and equipment necessary for data acquisition. After collection, either the geophysical contractor or another data processor processes the data through algorithms designed to create a seismic image. Geoscientists then interpret the data by reviewing the image and integrating known facts about the surrounding geology.

      In recent years, two principal factors have negatively affected demand for seismic data by oil and gas companies: the maturation of 3-D data collection technology and the business model adopted by geophysical contractors to leverage large fixed investments in equipment. The advent of commercial 3-D seismic data collection in the 1980s caused a sharp increase in demand for seismic data as oil and gas companies sought to capitalize on the improved images from 3-D technology compared to those from 2-D technology. Recently, however, without advances beyond 3-D in imaging technology, oil and gas companies have not had a compelling reason to maintain a high rate of purchasing seismic surveys. Much of the current demand for

67


Table of Contents

conventional analog 3-D seismic surveys comes from areas where use of the technology was not quickly adopted, such as China and the CIS.

      The traditional business model employed by geophysical contractors has also impacted demand. In an effort to achieve higher utilization of the large investments needed to conduct 3-D surveys, geophysical contractors increasingly began to collect speculative surveys for their own account as customer-requested demand for surveys declined. Contractors typically selected an area, acquired data using generic acquisition parameters and generic processing algorithms, capitalized the acquisition costs and sold the survey results to multiple parties. These general speculative surveys were not tailored to meet a particular request and caused an oversupply of seismic data. Additionally, since contractors incurred most of the costs of speculative seismic data at the time of acquisition, contractors lowered prices to recover as much of the fixed investment as possible which, in the process, drove margins down.

      We believe that the demand for seismic services will increase. Accelerating global reservoir decline rates coupled with recent reserve writedowns have increased the pressure on oil and gas companies to discover additional reserves. We expect these increased exploration demands to drive increased demand for seismic technology and services. Additionally, oil and gas companies are focusing on deeper hydrocarbon reservoirs with more complex and more subtle structures, making development more challenging. As a result, oil and gas companies are increasingly using seismic data to enhance the development of and production from known fields. By repeating a seismic survey over a defined area, oil and gas companies can detect untapped areas of a reservoir and adjust their drilling program to optimize production. Such time-lapse seismic images are referred to as 4-D surveys and make seismic data relevant to the entire life cycle of the reservoir.

      We also believe that oil and gas companies will increasingly value seismic technology providers who will collaborate with them to tailor surveys that address specific geophysical problems and to apply advanced digital sensor and imaging technologies that account for the geologic peculiarities of a specific area. We believe oil and gas companies will rely less on undifferentiated, mass seismic studies created using analog sensors and traditional processing technologies that do not adequately identify geologic complexities such as lithology and fluid properties.

Products and Services

 
Land Imaging Products

      Products for our Land Imaging Division include the following:

      VectorSeis Data Acquisition Systems. Our VectorSeis digital platforms offer high-resolution, cost-effective compression-wave (P-wave) data collection as well as shear wave multi-component acquisition. Digital sensors, when compared with traditional analog geophones, provide increased response linearity and bandwidth and preserve a higher degree of vector fidelity. In addition, one digital sensor can replace a string of six or more analog geophones, providing users with significant operating efficiencies. These advantages enable improved location and characterization of reservoir structure and fluids and more accurate identification of rock properties at reduced total costs.

      We began VectorSeis land acquisition field tests in 1999 and we have acquired data throughout Canada, Mexico, the United States, France, Eastern Europe and the CIS. In May 2002, we commercialized our VectorSeis System Four radio-based land acquisition system, and in the second quarter of 2003, we commercialized our cable-based telemetry system.

      Analog Acquisition Systems. Our Image land data acquisition system consists of a central electronics unit and multiple remote ground equipment modules, which are either connected by cable or utilize radio transmission and retrievable data storage. The central electronics unit, which acts as the control center of the system, is typically mounted within a vehicle or helicopter transportable enclosure. The central electronics unit receives digitized data, stores the data on storage media for subsequent processing and displays the data on optional monitoring devices. It also provides calibration, status and test functionality. The remote ground equipment of the I/ O Image system consists of multiple remote modules (MRX) and line taps positioned over the survey area. Seismic signals from geophones are collected by the MRX modules, which collect

68


Table of Contents

multiple channels of analog seismic data. The MRX modules filter and digitize the data, which is then transmitted by the MRX modules via cable to a line tap. Alternatively, our radio telemetry system (RSR) records data across a variety of environments, including transition zones, swamps, mountain ranges, jungles and other environments. RSRs are radio controlled and do not require cables for data transmission since the information is stored at the unit source and subsequently retrieved.

      We plan to introduce our new hybrid System Four Digital-Analog system during the second quarter of 2004. The hybrid System Four A/C Digital-Analog will be based on our System Four platform and will give seismic contractors the flexibility to use traditional analog geophone sensors, or digital full-wave VectorSeis sensors, even on the same survey. With our planned introduction of System Four A/C, we plan to transition out of our Image analog system during the first half of 2004.

      Geophones. Geophones are analog electro-mechanical seismic sensor devices that measure acoustic energy reflected from rock layers in the earth’s subsurface. We market a full suite of geophones and geophone test equipment that operate in all environments, including land, marine, ocean-bottom and downhole. Our principal geophone product, the SM-24, provides low distortion and wide bandwidth for greater realization of the potential of 24-bit seismic recording systems.

      Vibrators and Traditional Energy Sources. Vibrators are devices carried by large vehicles and are used as energy sources for land seismic acquisition. We market and sell the AHV-IV, an articulated vibrator vehicle with simplified hydraulics and superior maneuverability. In addition, we offer a low impact, tracked vibrator, the X-Vib, for use in environmentally sensitive areas like the Arctic tundra and desert environments.

      Our 2001 acquisition of Pelton Company (Pelton) added energy source control and positioning technology to our suite of products. The Vib Pro control system provides digital technology for energy control, and integrates global positioning system (GPS) technology for navigation and positioning of vibrator vehicles. The Shot Pro dynamite firing system is the equivalent technology for seismic operations using dynamite energy sources. Integrated GPS technology and compatibility with the Vib Pro control system helps to streamline field operations and improve operational efficiency.

      Specialty Cables and Connectors. Cables and connectors are used in conjunction with most seismic equipment. Our Tescorp cables not only are a replacement option to correct for ordinary wear, but also offer performance improvement and specialization for new environments and applications.

      MEMS. Our subsidiary, Applied MEMS, Inc., holds our MEMS technology development and manufacturing capabilities. In addition to producing the accelerometers for our VectorSeis digital sensor, this business unit is also actively pursuing sales of accelerometer products for applications outside of oil and gas seismic imaging as well as offering product commercialization foundry services for third parties.

      Reliability Issues. System reliability is an important competitive consideration for seismic data acquisition systems. Even though we attempt to assure that our systems are always reliable in the field, the many technical variables related to operations can cause a combination of factors that can, and has from time to time, caused service issues. It is believed that our new VectorSeis System Four land data acquisition system has made significant improvements in both field troubleshooting and reliability compared to our analog products, but until we have significantly more field experience we cannot be certain that problems will not arise. Even though we have a large installed base of customers using our analog products without reported problems, we may have customers who have experienced problems and therefore may believe our new products may also suffer from similar issues. In that case, acceptance of our new products could be delayed and our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

 
Marine Imaging Products

      Products for our Marine Imaging Division include the following:

      VectorSeis Ocean-Bottom Acquisition Systems. Since 2002, we have expanded our focus on reservoir applications by placing VectorSeis into our Marine Imaging product line. We believe that the VectorSeis ocean-bottom product line will address many shortcomings of current ocean-bottom systems. VectorSeis

69


Table of Contents

modules can operate at angles, which eliminates the need for gimbal receiver units that distort data and add cost. In addition, our patented cable de-coupler design further reduces data distortions and improves sea-bottom coupling. In 2002, we completed the first test of our VectorSeis ocean-bottom acquisition system in the Ekofisk Field in the North Sea. This test was supported by ConocoPhillips and delivered higher frequency and better vector fidelity than previous ocean-bottom cable surveys. During 2003, we sold this test system to ConocoPhillips, which represented the only sale of a VectorSeis ocean-bottom acquisition system we recognized in fiscal 2003.

      Marine Positioning Systems. Our DigiCourse positioning systems include streamer cable depth control devices, compasses, acoustic positioning systems (DigiRANGE II) and other auxiliary sensors. Marine positioning equipment controls the depth of the streamer cables and provides acoustic, compass and depth measurements to allow processors to tie navigation and location data with geophysical data to determine the location of potential hydrocarbon reserves for precise drilling operations.

      Data Acquisition Systems. Our marine data acquisition system consists primarily of towed marine streamers and shipboard electronics that collect seismic data in marine environments with water depths greater than 30 meters. Marine streamers, which contain hydrophones, electronic modules and cabling, may measure up to 12,000 meters in length and are towed behind a seismic acquisition vessel. Seismic sensors installed in the cable (hydrophones) detect acoustical energy transmitted through water from the earth’s subsurface structure.

      Source and Source Control Systems. Seismic sources (airguns) are the primary seismic energy source used in marine environments to initiate the acoustic energy transmitted through the earth’s subsurface. An airgun fires a high compression burst of air underwater to create an energy wave for seismic measurement. Additionally, we offer a digital source control system (DigiSHOT), which allows more precise and reliable control and quality control of airgun arrays for 4-D exploration activities.

 
Processing

      In July 2002, we acquired AXIS, a seismic data service company based in Denver, Colorado, that provides specialized data processing and integration services to major and independent exploration and production companies. The AXIS Interpretation-Ready Process integrates seismic and subsurface geological data to provide customers accurate and high quality data that can result in improved reservoir characterizations. In addition, AXIS developed proprietary AZIM data processing techniques. Most processors make a simplifying assumption that seismic energy travels at the same velocity through a geological structure regardless of the path that the energy takes through that structure. In reality, the earth is anisotropic, which means that energy will travel at different velocities through the same structure depending on the direction of the energy. AZIM accounts for the anisotropy effects of the earth, which allows for clearer, more accurate images, particularly in complex reservoirs. In 2002, we combined AXIS with our geophysical software operations, Green Mountain Geophysics. Green Mountain offers a wide range of geophysical software used in seismic survey planning and design. These groups, which together make up our Processing Division, allow us to provide oil and gas companies a custom designed survey addressing particular imaging problems while accounting for the actual geophysical properties encountered in a survey.

Product Research and Development

      Our research and development efforts are focused on improving both the quality of the subsurface image and the seismic data acquisition economics for our customers. Our ability to compete effectively in the manufacture and sale of seismic equipment and data acquisition systems, as well as related processing services, depends principally upon continued technological innovation. Development cycles of most products, from initial conception through commercial introduction, may extend over several years.

      During 2003, our principal research and development efforts involved the migration of our VectorSeis platform into ocean-bottom systems. In 2002, we completed the first test of our retrievable VectorSeis ocean-bottom system and in 2003, we sold the test system. On April 28, 2004, we announced the first commercial sale of our VectorSeis Ocean redeployable seabed system.

70


Table of Contents

      Our efforts in prior years developing our VectorSeis land seismic data acquisition systems incorporating our digital sensors resulted in their commercialization in late 2002 and 2003, producing approximately $20 million in sales of these systems in 2003. We also completed the development of our new DigiRANGE II marine acoustic positioning system, which we commercialized in the fourth quarter of 2003.

      For 2004, one of our principal research and development projects is to introduce our new System Four A/C product by the third quarter of 2004.

      Because many of these new products are under development, their commercial feasibility or degree of commercial acceptance, if any, is not yet known. No assurance can be given concerning the successful development of any new products or enhancements, the specific timing of their release or their level of acceptance in the market place.

Markets and Customers

      Our principal customers are seismic contractors that operate seismic data acquisition systems and related equipment to collect data in accordance with their customers’ specifications or for their own seismic data libraries. In addition, we market and sell products directly to oil and gas companies, particularly for reservoir monitoring applications. In 2003, BGP, an international seismic contractor and subsidiary of the China National Petroleum Corporation, accounted for approximately 28% of our consolidated net sales. For the three months ended March 31, 2004, BGP accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated net sales. In 2002, two of our largest customers, WesternGeco and Laboratory of Regional Geodynamics Limited, were responsible for approximately 11% and 10%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. In recent years, our customers have been rapidly consolidating, shrinking the demand for our products. The loss of any of our significant customers or deterioration in our relations with any of them could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

      A significant part of our marketing efforts are focused on areas outside the United States. Contractors from China and the CIS are increasingly active not only in their own countries, but also in other international markets. Foreign sales are subject to special risks inherent in doing business outside of the United States, including the risk of armed conflict, civil disturbances, currency fluctuations, embargo and governmental activities, as well as risks of non-compliance with U.S. and foreign laws, including tariff regulations and import/ export restrictions. We sell products through a direct sales force consisting of employees and several international third-party sales representatives responsible for key geographic areas. During the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and for the three months ended March 31, 2004, sales to destinations outside of North America accounted for approximately 71%, 77% and 80% of our net sales, respectively. Further, systems sold to domestic customers are frequently deployed internationally and, from time to time, certain foreign sales require export licenses.

      During 2002, we formed a strategic marketing alliance with Veritas DGC, Inc., a geophysical services company, for the purpose of collecting VectorSeis data in North America in 2002 and into 2003. Under the terms of the alliance, we provided Veritas with our first-generation radio-based VectorSeis land acquisition equipment, and repair and maintenance of this equipment. Veritas utilized the equipment in its day-to-day operations and retained legal title to all seismic library data and proprietary data services utilizing the VectorSeis equipment. During the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, we recognized revenues related to alliance activities of $0.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Under the terms of the alliance, Veritas was our exclusive VectorSeis customer within North America, subject to certain minimum utilization requirements. No separate joint venture, partnership or other legal entity was formed.

      In May 2003, we agreed with Veritas to terminate this marketing alliance. Upon termination, all VectorSeis equipment was returned to us. As a result, we reassessed the net realizable value of our first-generation VectorSeis land acquisition system equipment that was utilized in alliance activities and recorded an impairment charge of $2.5 million in 2003.

      During 2003, we signed a non-binding memorandum of understanding for the formation of a strategic technology alliance with Apache Corporation, a leading independent oil and gas producer. This arrangement

71


Table of Contents

provides for cooperation between the parties to develop next-generation seismic imaging technology, including collaboration between each party’s technical staffs to identify projects within the context of Apache’s portfolio of oil and gas properties. The memorandum of understanding is intended to provide the basic outline for our technical collaboration. No separate legal entity has been formed, and we do not expect this alliance to impose any on-going legal obligations on either party.

      Under the Apache arrangement, we are focusing our initial efforts in using System Four land acquisition systems with digital full-wave VectorSeis sensors and AZIM processing techniques for subsurface imaging. Our alliance with Apache is enabling us to work directly with an upstream oil and gas company to gain a better sense of its seismic challenges and opportunities and to use that knowledge to make recommendations regarding technology deployment. In working directly with oil and gas companies, we believe that we will be able to stimulate end-user demand for our VectorSeis products and technology, as well as for our associated processing capabilities. As a result of our alliance with Apache, we announced in December 2003 that Trace Energy Services, a privately held seismic contractor based in Calgary, had purchased a VectorSeis System Four cable-based land acquisition system for use in connection with a north American acquisition program of Apache.

      Sales to customers are normally on standard net 30-day terms. We also provide financing arrangements to customers through short-term and long-term notes receivable. Notes receivable, which are collateralized by the products sold, bear interest at contractual rates up to 12.7% per year and are due at various dates through 2006. The weighted average annual interest rate at December 31, 2003 was 7.4%.

Suppliers

      As part of our strategic direction, we are increasing our use of contract manufacturers as an alternative to our own manufactured products. We may experience supply interruptions, cost escalations and competitive disadvantages if we do not monitor these relationships properly.

      We and our contract manufacturers purchase a substantial portion of the components used in our systems and products from third-party vendors. Certain items, such as integrated circuits used in our systems, are purchased from sole source vendors. Although we and our contract manufacturers attempt to maintain an adequate inventory of these single source items, the loss of ready access to any of these items could temporarily disrupt our ability to manufacture and sell certain products. Since our components are designed for use with these single source items, replacing the single source items with functional equivalents could require a redesign of our components and costly delays could result.

Competition

      The market for seismic data acquisition systems and seismic instrumentation is highly competitive and is characterized by consolidation, as well as continual and rapid changes in technology. Our principal competitor for land and marine seismic equipment is Societe d’Etudes Recherches et Construction Electroniques (Sercel), an affiliate of Compagnie General de Geophysique. Unlike us, Sercel possesses an advantage of selling to an affiliated seismic contractor. In addition, we compete with other companies on a product-by-product basis. Our ability to compete effectively in the manufacture and sale of seismic instruments and data acquisition systems depends principally upon continued technological innovation, as well as our prices, our reputation for quality, and our ability to deliver on schedule.

Intellectual Property

      We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademark, trade secrets, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary technologies. We believe that the technological and creative skill of our employees, new product developments, frequent product enhancements, name recognition and reliable product maintenance are the foundations of our competitive advantage. Although patents are considered important to our operations, no one patent is considered essential to our success.

72


Table of Contents

      Our portfolio of patents, copyrights and trademarks offer us only limited protection. Our competitors may attempt to copy aspects of our products despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, or may design around the proprietary features of our products. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary rights is difficult, and we are unable to determine the extent to which such use occurs. Our difficulties are compounded in certain foreign countries where the laws do not offer as much protection for proprietary rights as the laws of the United States. Third parties inquire and claim from time to time that we have infringed upon their intellectual property rights. We are not currently aware of any parties that intend to pursue intellectual property claims against us.

Regulatory Matters

      Our operations are subject to laws, regulations, government policies and product certification requirements worldwide. Changes in such laws, regulations, policies or requirements could affect the demand for our products or result in the need to modify products, which may involve substantial costs or delays in sales and could have an adverse effect on our future operating results. Our export activities are also subject to extensive and evolving trade regulations. Certain countries are subject to trade restrictions, embargoes and sanctions imposed by the U.S. government. These restrictions and sanctions prohibit or limit us from participating in certain business activities in those countries.

      Our operations are subject to numerous local, state and federal laws and regulations in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions concerning the containment and disposal of hazardous materials, the remediation of contaminated properties and the protection of the environment. We do not currently foresee the need for significant expenditures to ensure our continued compliance with current environmental protection laws. Regulations in this area are subject to change, and there can be no assurance that future laws or regulations will not have a material adverse effect on us. Our customers’ operations are also significantly impacted by laws and regulations concerning the protection of the environment and endangered species. For instance, many of our marine contractors have been affected by new regulations protecting marine mammals in the Gulf of Mexico. To the extent that our customers’ operations are disrupted by future laws and regulations, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.

Employees

      At March 31, 2004, we had 557 full-time employees worldwide, 342 of whom were employed in the United States. Also, at March 31, 2004, we had 164 temporary employees. Our temporary employee base fluctuates based upon our level of manufacturing activity, as a majority of these positions are manufacturing related. U.S. employees are not subject to any collective bargaining agreements and we have never experienced a work stoppage.

73


Table of Contents

Properties

      Our primary manufacturing facilities at March 31, 2004 were as follows:

             
Square
Manufacturing Facilities Footage Segment



Stafford, Texas*
    110,000     Land Imaging
Harahan, Louisiana*
    40,000     Marine Imaging
Voorschoten, The Netherlands*
    30,000     Land Imaging
Jebel Ali, Dubai, United Arab Emirates*
    11,000     Land Imaging
Ponca City, Oklahoma**
    26,000     Land Imaging
Denver, Colorado*
    11,000     Processing and Software
Edinburgh, Scotland*
    12,000     Processing and Software
     
     
      240,000      
     
     

  Leased
**  Owned

     In addition, we lease sales and support offices in Norwich, England, Beijing, China and Moscow, Russia to support our global sales force. Our executive headquarters (utilizing approximately 25,000 square feet) are located at 12300 Parc Crest Drive, Stafford, Texas. The machinery, equipment, buildings and other facilities owned and leased by us are considered by our management to be sufficiently maintained and adequate for our current operations.

Legal Proceedings

      In the ordinary course of business, we have been named in various lawsuits or threatened actions. While the final resolution of these matters may have an impact on our consolidated financial results for a particular reporting period, we believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse impact on our financial position or liquidity.

74


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

      The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers:

             
Name Age Position



James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
    51     Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director
Robert P. Peebler
    56     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Bruce S. Appelbaum
    56     Director
Theodore H. Elliott, Jr.
    68     Director
Franklin Myers
    51     Director
Sam K. Smith
    72     Director
John N. Seitz
    52     Director
Jorge Machnizh
    47     Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
J. Michael Kirksey
    48     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Bjarte Fageraas
    44     Vice President— Marine Imaging Systems
Christopher M. Friedemann
    39     Vice President— Commercial Development
Laura D. Guthrie
    45     Vice President— Human Resources
James R. Hollis
    42     Vice President— Land Imaging Systems
David L. Roland
    42     Vice President— General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Michael L. Morrison
    33     Controller and Director of Accounting

James M. Lapeyre, Jr.

      James M. Lapeyre, Jr. has been Chairman of our Board of Directors since 1999 and a Director since 1998. Mr. Lapeyre has been President of Laitram L.L.C., a privately held New Orleans based manufacturer of food processing equipment and modular conveyor belts, and its predecessors since 1989. Mr. Lapeyre joined our Board of Directors when we bought the DigiCourse marine positioning products business from Laitram. Mr. Lapeyre is Chairman of the Governance Committee and a member of Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors.

Robert P. Peebler

      Robert P. Peebler has been our President and Chief Executive Officer since April 2003 and a member of our Board of Directors since 1999. Prior to joining I/ O on a full-time basis, Mr. Peebler was the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Energy Virtual Partners, an asset development and management company for oil and gas properties. Prior to founding Energy Virtual Partners in April 2001, Mr. Peebler was Vice President of e-Business Strategy and Ventures of the Halliburton Company, a leading provider of products and services to the petroleum and energy industries. Mr. Peebler joined Halliburton in 1996 when Halliburton acquired Landmark Graphics Corporation, the leading provider of workstation-based software for oil and gas exploration and production, where he served as CEO since 1992. Mr. Peebler began his career with Schlumberger, a global oilfield and information services company, in wireline operations, and spent 17 years with Schlumberger in various positions, including head of U.S. wireline operations and executive in charge of strategic marketing for the corporate energy services group.

Bruce S. Appelbaum

      Bruce S. Appelbaum joined our Board of Directors in 2003. He is currently the Chairman of Mosaic Natural Resources Ltd., a newly formed oil and gas exploration and production company focusing on opportunities in the North Sea. Prior to co-founding Mosaic, Mr. Appelbaum was President of Worldwide Exploration and New Ventures for Texaco, Inc. and a Vice President of Texaco. Mr. Appelbaum joined

75


Table of Contents

Texaco in 1990 as Division Manager of Texaco U.S.A.’s offshore exploration division and was elected as an officer of Texaco in 2000. Mr. Appelbaum is a Trustee of the American Geological Institute Foundation and serves on the Advisory Board to the Department of Oceanography at Texas A&M University. He previously served on the Advisory Board of the School of Earth Sciences at Stanford University. Mr. Appelbaum is a member of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Theodore H. Elliott, Jr.

      Theodore H. Elliott, Jr. joined our Board of Directors in 1987. In 1981, he co-founded Prime Capital Management Co., Inc., a Connecticut-based venture capital company, and has served as its Chairman since 1987. Prior to Prime Capital Management, Mr. Elliott was Vice President of General Electric’s venture capital subsidiary. Prior to General Electric, Mr. Elliott was head of investment banking at Clark, Dodge & Co. Inc. He is a Director of Carlo Gavazzi Holding AG, a Swiss-based producer of automation components and computer sub-systems that is listed on the Zurich Stock Exchange. Mr. Elliott is also a Director of National Interstate, a specialty property and casualty insurance company based in Ohio. Mr. Elliott is Chairman of the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.

Franklin Myers

      Franklin Myers joined our Board of Directors in 2001. He is currently the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cooper Cameron Corporation, a leading international manufacturer of oil and gas pressure control equipment. Mr. Myers has been Senior Vice President at Cooper Cameron since 1995 and served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary from 1995 to 1999, as well as President of the Cooper Energy Services Division from 1998 until 2002. Prior to joining Cooper Cameron, Mr. Myers was Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Baker Hughes Incorporated, a leading oilfield services and equipment provider, and an attorney and partner with the law firm of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. in Houston, Texas. Mr. Myers is Chairman of the Compensation Committee and a member of the Governance Committee of our Board of Directors.

Sam K. Smith

      Mr. Smith joined our Board of Directors in 1999. He also served as our Chief Executive Officer from 1999 until 2000. From 1989 to 1996, Mr. Smith was Chairman of the Board of Landmark Graphics Corporation. Prior to that time, Mr. Smith was a special limited partner at Sevin-Rosen Management, a Texas-based venture capital firm that has backed high technology firms including Compaq, Lotus Development, and Silicon Graphics. Mr. Smith began his career at Texas Instruments where he held positions of increasing responsibility such as Group Vice President for the Equipment Group, Texas Instruments’ defense business.

John N. Seitz

      John N. Seitz joined our Board of Directors in 2003. He is the co-CEO and founder of North Sea New Ventures, a company focused on exploration and development opportunities in the North Sea. From 1977 to 2003, Mr. Seitz held positions of increasing responsibility at Anadarko Petroleum Company, serving most recently as a Director and as President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Seitz is a member of the Audit, Compensation and Governance Committees of our Board of Directors.

Jorge Machnizh

      Jorge Machnizh has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since May 2003. Previously, he was employed by Landmark Graphics Corporation, where he worked in a variety of positions, most recently serving as Vice President— Operations for North and South America. Prior to joining Landmark in 1997, Mr. Machnizh held senior management appointments with large geophysical contractors, including Geco-Prakla (a division of Schlumberger) and Petty-Ray Geophysical (a division of Geosource, Inc.). Mr. Machnizh started his career as a crew chief for United Geophysical.

76


Table of Contents

J. Michael Kirksey

      J. Michael Kirksey has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial officer since January 2004. Before then, Mr. Kirksey had been the Chief Financial Officer, and then the Chief Executive Officer, of Metals USA, a leading metals processor and distributor based in Houston, Texas. Following the departure of Metals USA’s Chief Executive Officer, he was appointed CEO by the Metals USA board of directors and charged with restructuring the company’s operations and finances, and leading the company through an industry recession. Mr. Kirksey led the company through bankruptcy reorganization and succeeded in obtaining confirmation of a plan of reorganization in eleven months. Prior to joining Metals USA in 1997, Mr. Kirksey was Senior Vice President of Corporate Strategic Planning and the Chief Financial Officer— Europe for Keystone International Inc., a manufacturer of industrial valves and systems. Before joining Keystone, Mr. Kirksey worked for Arthur Andersen for thirteen years where he focused on growth strategies and technology companies.

Bjarte Fageraas

      Bjarte Fageraas has been our Vice President— Marine Imaging Systems since February 2004, and was our Vice President and our Chief Technology Officer from May 2001 to February 2004. Prior to joining I/O, Mr. Fageraas was President of and a stockholder in Geophysical Instruments AS, a Norwegian seismic technology company that we acquired in May 2001. From 1998 to 1999, Mr. Fageraas was Vice President-Research & Development of Aker Geo ASA, a Norwegian seismic contractor. Previously, Mr. Fageraas was Technical Manager of PGS Reservoir, a provider of seismic contracting services. Mr. Fageraas started his career at Geco-Prakla where he held several research and development positions.

Christopher M. Friedemann

      Christopher M. Friedemann has been our Vice President— Commercial Development since August 2003. Mr. Friedemann’s accountabilities encompass corporate marketing, strategic planning and corporate development. Before joining I/O, Mr. Friedemann served as the Managing Director of RiverBend Associates, a privately held management consulting firm based in Texas. Prior to founding RiverBend in January 2002, he served as President of Tradeum, a venture-backed software company that was sold to VerticalNet in April 2000 at which time Mr. Friedemann assumed the role of managing Director-Europe. Before joining Tradeum in January 2000, Mr. Friedemann was Principal and Partner at the management consulting firm McKinsey & Company. Mr. Friedemann also has experience as a Senior Reservoir Engineer with Exxon, in field operations with Unocal and in energy merchant banking with Bankers Trust.

Laura D. Guthrie

      Laura D. Guthrie has been our Vice President— Human Resources since March 2002. Prior to joining I/O, Ms. Guthrie had been an independent management consultant specializing in executive coaching and compensation and organization development. From July 1999 until March 2000, Ms. Guthrie served as Vice President— Human Resources for Splitrock Services, Inc., a broadband communications company, until the company was sold to McCleod USA. Before joining Splitrock in July 1999, Ms. Guthrie was a management consultant with Sterling Consulting Group, a boutique firm specializing in strategy development for the oil and gas industry. Prior to joining Sterling in 1998, she was the HR Planning Manager for Unocal Corporation. Before joining Unocal in 1996, Ms. Guthrie served as the Region HR Manager for the Americas Division of BHP Petroleum, an Australian oil and gas company, where she held a variety of HR roles during her 11 year tenure.

James R. Hollis

      James R. Hollis has been our Vice President— Land Imaging Systems since November 2003, and Business Unit Manager— Land Surface Systems since July 2003. Prior to joining I/O, Mr. Hollis served in various positions at Landmark Graphics, most recently as General Manager— Exploration and Development Solutions. Mr. Hollis joined Landmark Graphics when Landmark acquired Western Atlas Software in 1996.

77


Table of Contents

Mr. Hollis managed the Seismic Modeling Software Product line for Western Atlas. Mr. Hollis joined Western Atlas in 1993 when Western Atlas acquired Sierra Geophysics in 1993, where Mr. Hollis led the depth imaging and velocity modeling support and consulting services.

David L. Roland

      David L. Roland has been our Vice President— General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since April 2004. Prior to joining I/ O, Mr. Roland held several positions within the legal department of Enron Corp., an energy trading and pipeline company, most recently as Vice President and Assistant General Counsel. Prior to joining Enron in 1998, Mr. Roland was an attorney with Caltex Corporation, an international oil and gas marketing and refining company. Mr. Roland was an attorney with the law firm of Gardere & Wynne from 1988 until 1994, when he joined Caltex.

Michael L. Morrison

      Michael L. Morrison has been our Controller and Director of Accounting since November 2002, and our Assistant Controller from June 2002. Prior to joining I/ O, Mr. Morrison held several positions at Enron Corp., an energy trading and pipeline company, most recently as Director of Transaction Support. Mr. Morrison had held a variety of positions at Deloitte & Touche, LLP, a public accounting firm, from January 1994 until he joined Enron in June 2000.

78


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

      On March 31, 2003, we announced that we had appointed Robert P. Peebler as our president and chief executive officer. In April 2003, we invested $3.0 million in preferred securities of Energy Virtual Partners, LP and its affiliated corporation (EVP) in exchange for 22% of the outstanding ownership interests and 12% of the outstanding voting interests of EVP. EVP had been formed in 2001 to provide asset management services to large oil and gas companies in order to enhance the value of their oil and gas properties. Mr. Peebler had founded EVP and had served as its president and chief executive officer until his joining us in March 2003. Mr. Peebler continued to serve as the Chairman of EVP and presently holds a 23% ownership interest in EVP. Under Mr. Peebler’s employment agreement with us, he was permitted to devote up to 20% of his time to EVP.

      During the second quarter of 2003, EVP failed to close two anticipated asset management agreements. After that time, EVP management subsequently re-evaluated its business model and adequacy of capital. During August 2003, the board of directors of EVP voted to liquidate EVP, since it was unable to present a clear and feasible business strategy. For that reason, we wrote our investment in EVP down to its approximate liquidation value of $1.0 million, resulting in a charge against earnings for our second quarter of 2003 of $2.1 million. Since then, Mr. Peebler has offered, and we have agreed, that all proceeds Mr. Peebler receives from the liquidation of EVP will be paid to us. In December 2003, we received liquidation payments of $0.7 million from EVP and $0.1 from Mr. Peebler. In March 2004, we received final liquidation payments of $0.1 million from EVP and $0.01 from Mr. Peebler. These amounts were included in our estimates of EVP’s liquidation value.

      Mr. Lapeyre is the chairman and a significant equity owner of Laitram, L.L.C. (Laitram) and has served as president of Laitram and its predecessors since 1989. Laitram is a privately owned, New Orleans-based manufacturer of food processing equipment and modular conveyor belts. Mr. Lapeyre and Laitram together owned 14.9% of our outstanding common stock as of April 15, 2004.

      We acquired DigiCourse, Inc., our marine positioning products business, from Laitram in 1998 and have renamed it I/ O Marine Systems, Inc. In connection with that acquisition, we entered into a Continued Services Agreement with Laitram under which Laitram agreed to provide us certain accounting, software, manufacturing and maintenance services. These manufacturing services consist primarily of machining of parts for our marine positioning systems. The term of this agreement expired in September 2001 but we continue to operate under its terms. In addition, when we request, the legal staff of Laitram advises us on certain intellectual property matters with regard to our marine positioning systems. During 2003, we paid Laitram a total of $1.2 million, which consisted of $0.6 million for manufacturing services, $0.6 million for rent and other facilities charges, and $0.1 million for other services. For the 2002 and 2001 fiscal years, we paid Laitram an total of $1.9 million and $1.4 million, respectively, under this agreement and for these legal advisory services. In the opinion of our management, the terms of these services are fair and reasonable and as favorable to us as those which could have been obtained from unrelated third parties at the time of their performance.

      In March 2000, our board of directors established an executive “matching” program under which we issued one share of restricted stock for each share purchased by our senior executives in open-market transactions in March and April of 2000. In connection with this program, we issued 33,000 shares of restricted stock to C. Robert Bunch, a former executive officer of I/ O. Mr. Bunch funded his purchase through a loan from a commercial bank in the amount of $200,000. We guaranteed this indebtedness in 2000 and would have been liable for the entire amount outstanding under this loan if Mr. Bunch had defaulted on his obligation under the loan. Our guarantee of Mr. Bunch’s indebtedness expired by its terms in March 2003. Mr. Bunch left our employment in May 2003.

79


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth certain information as of April 15, 2004, and after completion of this offering, with regard to the ownership of our common stock by the following persons:

  Each person known by us to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  Each of our directors; and
 
  All of our directors and executive officers as a group.

                                         
Percentage of Shares

Common Rights to Restricted Before the After the
Name of Beneficial Owner Stock(1) Acquire(2) Stock(3) Offering(4) Offering(5)






Laitram, L.L.C.(6)
    6,941,044                   13.1 %        
Royce & Associates, Inc.(7)
    6,306,200                   11.9 %        
Barclays Global Investors, N.A.(8)
    4,394,707                   8.3 %        
Morgan Stanley(9)
    3,430,081                   6.5 %        
PRIMECAP Management Company(10)
    3,333,896                   6.3 %        
Daruma Asset Management, Inc.(11)
    3,237,200                   6.1 %        
Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc.(12)
    2,837,750                   5.3 %        
Steinberg Priest & Sloane Capital Management, LLC(13)
    2,800,100                   5.3 %        
James M. Lapeyre, Jr.(14)
    7,832,540       70,000             14.9 %        
Bruce S. Appelbaum
    3,000                   *          
Theodore H. Elliott, Jr.(15)
    15,000       167,000             *          
Franklin Myers
    12,874       60,000             *          
Robert P. Peebler
    35,340       454,861             *          
John N. Seitz
    5,000                   *          
Sam K. Smith
    24,007       70,000             *          
Timothy J. Probert
                      *          
C. Robert Bunch
                      *          
Jorge Machnizh
          50,000       25,000       *          
Brad Eastman
    15,229       13,125             *          
Bjarte Fageraas
    14,168       41,250       16,180       *          
Laura Guthrie
    8,653       9,375       12,849       *          
All directors and executive officers as a group (14 Persons)
    7,946,582       877,986       94,029       16.3 %        

  Less than 1%
  (1)  Represents shares for which the named person (a) has sole voting and investment power or (b) has shared voting and investment power. Excludes shares that (i) are restricted stock holdings or (ii) may be acquired through stock option or warrant exercises.
  (2)  Represents shares of common stock that can be acquired through stock options exercised through June 14, 2004.
  (3)  Represents shares subject to a vesting schedule, forfeiture risk and other restrictions. Although these shares are subject to forfeiture provisions, the holder has the right to vote the shares and receive dividends until they are forfeited.
  (4)  Assumes shares that such person has rights to acquire are outstanding.
  (5)  Does not reflect the exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option.
  (6)  The address for Laitram, L.L.C. is 220 Laitram Lane, Harahan, Louisiana 70123. Mr. Lapeyre is the President and a Director of Laitram, L.L.C. Please see note 14 below. Mr. Lapeyre disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by Laitram, L.L.C.
  (7)  The address for Royce & Associates, Inc. is 1414 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.
  (8)  The address for Barclays Global Investors, N.A. is 45 Fremont Street, San Francisco, California 94105. The shares reported are owned by Barclays Global Investors, N.A., Barclays Global Fund Advisors, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Securities Limited and other related entities in trust accounts for the economic beneficiaries of those accounts.
  (9)  The address for Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036. Morgan Stanley is filing solely in its capacity as the parent company of and indirect owner of securities held by one of its business units.

80


Table of Contents

(10)  The address for PRIMECAP Management Company is 225 S. Lake Avenue #400 Pasadena, California 91101-3005. PRIMECAP Management Company has sole voting power over only 2,039,652 of the shares of common stock.
(11)  The address for Daruma Asset Management, Inc. is 80 West 40th Street, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10018. The shares reported by Daruma Asset Management, Inc. are held by investment advisory clients whose accounts are managed by Daruma Asset Management, Inc. Mariko O. Gordon, who owns in excess of 50% of the outstanding voting stock and is the President of Daruma Asset Management, Inc., may also be considered a beneficial owner of the shares reported by Daruma Asset Management, Inc. Daruma Asset Management, Inc. has sole voting discretion over only 1,521,700 shares.
(12)  The address for Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. is 1229 Ocean Avenue, 11th Floor, Santa Monica, California 90401. The shares of common stock are held by investment companies, trusts and accounts for which Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. serves as the investment advisor. Dimensional Fund Advisors Inc. disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares.
(13)  The address for Steinberg, Priest & Sloane Capital Management, LLC is 12 East 49th Street, New York, New York 10017. Steinberg Priest & Sloane Capital Management, LLC has sole voting power over only 2,604,500 shares.
(14)  The shares of common stock include 10,500 shares over which Mr. Lapeyre holds joint voting and investment control with his wife, 33,280 shares that Mr. Lapeyre holds as a custodian or trustee for the benefit of his children and 6,941,044 shares owned by Laitram L.L.C., of which Mr. Lapeyre disclaims any beneficial interest. Please read note 5 above. These shares exclude 30,000 shares owned by Mr. Lapeyre’s wife, who exercises sole voting and investment control over those shares.
(15)  The shares of common stock include 4,000 shares owned by Mr. Elliott’s wife, of which Mr. Elliott disclaims beneficial interest.

SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth certain information regarding the selling stockholders’ beneficial ownership of our common stock before and after this offering, and number of shares of common stock to be sold by them in this offering. To our knowledge, each of the selling stockholders has sole voting and investment power as to the shares shown unless otherwise noted. Beneficial ownership as shown in the table below has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. None of the selling stockholders is a director, officer or employee of I/O or an affiliate of such persons.

                                         
Beneficial Ownership Prior to Beneficial Ownership After
the Offering Number of the Offering

Shares
Number of Percent of Offered Number of Percent of
Selling Stockholders Shares Class hereby Shares Class






      I/O and all of the selling stockholders are parties to a registration rights agreement pursuant to which we have granted to such stockholders rights to register their shares of common stock. We granted these registration rights in connection with our purchase of Concept Systems in February 2004. We are also a party to a registration rights agreement with a predecessor of Laitram, L.L.C., which we entered into in 1998 in connection with our acquisition in DigiCourse, Inc., our marine positioning products business.

81


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, of which 100,000 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock. As of April 30, 2004, there were 53,126,054 shares of common stock outstanding. No shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding.

Common Stock

      Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, and may be subject to any preferential dividend rights of our preferred stock that we may issue in the future. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all of our assets remaining after the payment of all debt and other liabilities and subject to any liquidation preference of any then outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

      Our board of directors is authorized, subject to certain restrictions, without further stockholder approval, to issue at any time and from time to time, preferred stock in one or more series. Each such series shall have such number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications, and special or relative rights or privileges and restrictions as shall be determined by our board of directors. These rights, privileges and restrictions may include dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and preemptive rights, to the full extent now or hereafter provided by Delaware law.

      The rights of holders of common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of I/ O without further action by our stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock having voting and conversion rights may adversely affect the holders of our common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available, if any, for the payment of dividends on our common stock. Holders of preferred stock would typically be entitled to receive a preference payment upon our liquidation. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.

      In August 2002, we repurchased from SCF all of our then-outstanding Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock in exchange for $30.0 million in cash and the issuance to SCF of a $31.0 million principal amount unsecured promissory note due May 2004 and a warrant to purchase 2,673,517 shares of our common stock. All outstanding indebtedness remaining under the SCF Note was repaid with the proceeds from our offering and sale of the notes in December 2003. The warrant was acquired by us at the same time in exchange for our issuance of 125,000 shares to SCF in a privately-negotiated transaction exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act.

Options

      As of April 30, 2004, options to purchase a total of 5,719,131 shares of our common stock were outstanding, having a weighted-average exercise price of $8.00 per share. As of that date, 512,156 additional shares of common stock were available for options that could be granted in the future under our stock option and stock incentive plans and agreements.

82


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

      In connection with our August 2002 repurchase of our Series B and Series C Preferred Stock, we entered into a registration rights agreement with SCF, which was terminated in December 2003 in connection with our exchange of 125,000 shares of our common stock for the warrant.

      In connection with our acquisition of our marine positioning systems subsidiary in November 1998, we entered into a registration rights agreement with a predecessor of Laitram with respect to our shares of common stock acquired by Laitram under the transaction. This registration rights agreement grants piggyback registration rights to Laitram, which allow it to participate in underwritten public offerings initiated by us, subject to limitations and conditions set forth in the agreement. In addition, the registration rights agreement grants Laitram two demand registration rights, subject to certain limitations and conditions, including a requirement that each demand for registration shall not be made for less than 1,000,000 shares of our common stock.

      In connection with our acquisition of Concept Systems in February 2004, we entered into a registration rights agreement with certain former stockholders of Concept Systems with respect to shares of our common stock acquired by them in the transaction. The agreement provides for certain piggyback registration rights and two demand registrations. Any demand registration may not be made for less than 420,000 shares.

      Our registration rights agreements with Laitram and the former stockholders of Concept Systems contain provisions whereby we have agreed to indemnify the selling stockholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Sales or the availability for sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market could adversely affect the market price for our common stock.

Stockholder Rights Plan

      Our board of directors has adopted a stockholder rights plan. The stockholder rights plan was adopted to give our board of directors increased power to negotiate in our best interests and to discourage appropriation of control of us at a price that is unfair to our stockholders. It is not intended to prevent fair offers for acquisition of control determined by our board of directors to be in the best interest of us and our stockholders, nor is it intended to prevent a person or group from obtaining representation on or control of our board of directors through a proxy contest, or to relieve our board of directors of its fiduciary duty to consider any proposal for our acquisition in good faith.

      The stockholder rights plan involved the distribution of one preferred share purchase “right” as a dividend on each outstanding share of our common stock to all holders of record on January 27, 1997. Each right will entitle the holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of our Series A Preferred Stock at an purchase price of $200 per one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment. The rights trade in tandem with our common stock until, and become exercisable following, the occurrence of certain triggering events. Our board of directors retains the right to discontinue the stockholder rights plan through the redemption of all rights or to amend the stockholder rights plan in any respect prior to our announcement of the occurrence of any such triggering event, including the acquisition of 20% or more of our voting stock by an acquiror. The rights will expire at the close of business on January 27, 2007, unless earlier redeemed by us.

      The description and terms of the rights are set forth in a rights agreement between us and our transfer agent as successor to Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as rights agent.

Effects of Certain Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws Provisions

      Certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that an investor might consider in that investor’s best interest, including any attempt that might result in a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock.

83


Table of Contents

      Our board of directors is divided into three classes that are elected for staggered three-year terms. Our stockholders may only remove a director for cause.

      Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors generally will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as a director. These provisions would not limit the liability of a director for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, payment of an unlawful dividend or any unlawful stock purchase or redemption, or any transaction for which the director derived an improper benefit.

      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. In addition, we carry officer and director liability insurance.

      Our certificate of incorporation contains a “fair price” provision that requires the approval of holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock (including not less than 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of voting stock not owned, directly or indirectly, by persons who are “Related Persons”) as a condition for mergers, consolidations and certain other business combinations, including management buyouts, involving I/ O and any Related Person; however, this 66 2/3% voting requirement is not applicable if the business combination is approved by the holders of not less than 90% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock. “Related Persons” include the holders of 10% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any affiliate of such persons. The 75% voting requirement of the “fair price” provision is not applicable to a business combination between I/ O and any wholly-owned subsidiary, or a business combination involving a holder of 10% or more of our outstanding voting stock so long as the acquisition by such holder of such stock or the proposed transaction is approved in advance of such person becoming a holder of 10% of our outstanding voting stock by not less than 75% of our directors then holding office, or if the following conditions are met:

  the transaction is a merger or consolidation proposed to occur within one year of the time such holder acquired 10% of our outstanding voting stock and the price to be paid to holders of common stock is at least as high as the highest price paid by such holder in acquiring any of our common stock;
 
  the consideration to be paid in the transaction is cash or the same form of consideration paid by such holder to acquire a majority of its holdings of common stock;
 
  between the date of the acquisition by the holder of 10% of our outstanding voting stock and the transaction, there has been no failure to declare and pay preferred stock dividends and no reduction in common stock dividends (except as approved by a majority of our unaffiliated directors), no further acquisition of voting stock by such holder and no benefit, direct or indirect, received by such holder through loans or other financial assistance from I/ O or tax credits or other tax advantages provided by I/ O; and
 
  a proxy statement shall have been mailed to stockholders at least 30 days prior to the consummation of the transaction for the purpose of soliciting stockholder approval of the transaction.

      Our certificate of incorporation also provides that

  special meetings of stockholders can be called only by our board of directors;
 
  stockholders may act only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not act by written consent;
 
  our bylaws may be amended only by our board of directors or with the vote of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of our voting stock;
 
  a 75% vote of the outstanding voting stock is required to amend our certificate of incorporation with respect to certain matters, including, without limitation, the matters set forth in the two immediately preceding clauses above and the 75% voting requirement for certain business combinations described in the preceding paragraph; and

84


Table of Contents

  in addition to the 75% voting requirement referred to in the immediately preceding clause above, a 66 2/3% vote of the outstanding shares of our voting stock not owned by a Related Person is required to amend the provisions of our certificate of incorporation relating to certain business combinations described in the preceding paragraph.

      Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with regard to the nomination, other than those made by or at the direction of the board of directors, of candidates for election as directors and as to any other business to be brought before an annual or special meeting of our stockholders. These procedures provide that the notice of proposed stockholder nominations for the election of directors must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected. To be timely, notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices (a) for annual meetings of stockholders, not later than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to the first anniversary of the date our proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with our previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders, or (b) for special meetings at which our board of directors has determined that directors shall be elected, not later than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. The procedures also provide that at an annual meeting, and subject to any other applicable requirements, only such business may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, the board of directors or by a stockholder who has given timely prior written notice to our corporate secretary of that stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. For such stockholder’s notice to be timely, notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the date that is 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date our proxy statement was released to stockholders in connection with our previous year’s annual meeting of stockholders. The notices must contain certain information, and are subject to other qualifications, specified in the bylaws.

Delaware Law

      We are incorporated in Delaware and are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prevents an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a “business combination” (as defined) with a Delaware corporation for three years following the date such person became an interested stockholder, unless (i) before such person became an interested stockholder, the board of directors of the corporation approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business combination; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder’s becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding stock held by directors who are also officers of the corporation and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (iii) on or subsequent to the date of the transaction in which such person became an interested stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at a meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

85


Table of Contents

      Under Section 203, the restrictions described above also do not apply to certain business combinations proposed by an interested stockholder following the announcement or notification of one of certain extraordinary transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation’s directors, if such extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Investor Service L.L.C. It is located at 2 North LaSalle St., Chicago, Illinois 60602-3705 and its telephone number is (312) 360-5286.

86


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

      Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated is acting as representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

         
Number of
Name Shares


Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
Johnson Rice & Company L.L.C. 
       
Sanders Morris Harris Inc. 
       
     
 
Total
       
     
 

      The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and the selling stockholders and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

      The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $          a share under the public offering price. Any underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $                    a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

      We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of           additional shares of common stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered hereby. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

      The following table shows public offering price, underwriting discount, proceeds before expenses to Input/Output, Inc. and proceeds to the selling stockholders. This information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

                         
Total

Without With
Over-Allotment Over-Allotment
Per Share Option Option



Public offering price
  $       $       $    
Underwriting discounts and commissions
  $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to Input/Output, Inc. 
  $       $       $    
Proceeds to the selling stockholders
  $       $       $    

      The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated at $                    and are payable by Input/Output, Inc.

87


Table of Contents

      We, our directors and executive officers, Laitram and the selling stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, none of us will, during the period ending 90 days after the date of this prospectus:

  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock or file any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the foregoing; or
 
  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, the selling stockholders have agreed that, without the prior consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, they will not, during the period ending 90 days after the date of this prospectus, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

The restrictions described in this paragraph do not apply to:

  the sale of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;
 
  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing, however these shares of common stock may not be sold other than in accordance with the 90 day lock up described above; or
 
  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of options we will issue to employees of GXT in connection with the GXT acquisition, however these shares of common stock may not be sold other than in accordance with the 90 day lock up described above; or
 
  transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares.

      In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is “covered” if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a “naked” short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions, or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

88


Table of Contents

      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the website maintained by one or more underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the lead manager to underwriters that may make distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

      From time to time, some of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may continue to provide, investment banking and commercial banking services to us for fees and commissions that we believe are customary.

      We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against a variety of liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

      A business unit of Morgan Stanley owns 3,430,081 shares of our common stock, representing approximately 6.5% of the shares outstanding prior to this offering.

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P., Houston, Texas. The underwriters are being represented in connection with this offering by Andrews Kurth LLP, Houston, Texas.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements incorporated in this prospectus by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended by the Form 10-K/A-1 and Form 10-K/A-2, of Input/Output, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2003, have been so incorporated in reliance on the report, which contains an explanatory paragraph that we have restated our consolidated statement of operations for 2002 and our consolidated balance sheet for 2002 and 2003, of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

      The consolidated financial statements of GX Technology Corporation as of June 30, 2003 and June 30, 2002, and for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2003, included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

89


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy materials that we have filed with the SEC at the SEC public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information about the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings are also available to the public on the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov.

      Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) and we are required to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the NYSE. You may read any document we file with the NYSE at the offices of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. which is located at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

      We incorporate by reference into this prospectus the documents listed below and any filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of the offering of common stock under this prospectus. The information incorporated by reference into this prospectus is considered a part of this prospectus, and information that we file later with the SEC, prior to the termination of the offering of common stock under this prospectus, will automatically update and supercede the previously filed information.

  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as amended by our Form 10-K/ A-1 filed on April 23, 2004 and Form 10-K/A-2 filed on May 10, 2004.
 
  Our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2004.
 
  Our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 5, 2004.
 
  The description of our common stock contained in our Form 8-A dated October 14, 1994 filed under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended by our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 8, 2002.
 
  Our Form 8-A12B filed on January 27, 1997 and our Form 8-A12B/ A filed on May 7, 1999.

      You may request a copy of these filings, at no cost, by writing to or telephoning us at the following address:

Input/ Output, Inc.

12300 Parc Crest Drive
Stafford, Texas 77477
Tel: (281) 933-3339
Attention: Corporate Secretary

90


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Financial Statements As of March 31, 2004 (unaudited), June 30, 2003 and 2002 and for the Years Ended June 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001 and the (unaudited) Nine-Month Periods Ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003 and Independent Auditors’ Report

         
Independent Auditors’ Report
    F-2  
Consolidated Balance Sheets
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Operations
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    F-6  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

Board of Directors

GX Technology Corporation

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GX Technology Corporation and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of, June 30, 2003 and 2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2003 and 2002, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2003 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas
November 17, 2003

F-2


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                             
March 31, June 30, June 30,
2004 2003 2002



(Unaudited)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 2,512,432     $ 712,394     $ 2,949,821  
 
Accounts receivable, trade (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $188,341 and $84,925 and $120,516 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively)
    9,535,675       9,097,690       3,889,726  
 
Unbilled revenue
    6,454,623       3,301,395       3,632,709  
 
Prepayments and other
    1,099,931       487,295       304,652  
     
     
     
 
   
Total current assets
    19,602,661       13,598,774       10,776,908  
     
     
     
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—At cost
    20,593,993       17,208,891       10,249,988  
LESS ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
    (8,360,011 )     (7,057,097 )     (4,995,819 )
     
     
     
 
   
Net property and equipment
    12,233,982       10,151,794       5,254,169  
     
     
     
 
PURCHASED SOFTWARE COSTS, Net of accumulated amortization of $878,837, $707,077 and $1,207,653 for 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively
    1,085,565       997,320       565,715  
     
     
     
 
SEISMIC DATA LIBRARY, Net of accumulated amortization of $8,535,097 and $2,685,182 for 2004 and 2003, respectively
    12,354,255       5,925,498        
DEFERRED TAX ASSET
    619,390       212,381        
OTHER ASSETS
    268,222       145,569        
     
     
     
 
TOTAL
  $ 46,164,075     $ 31,031,336     $ 16,596,792  
     
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
                       
 
Line of credit
  $ 3,775,000     $ 2,025,000     $ 2,975,000  
 
Accounts payable
    2,960,968       896,358       930,711  
 
Accrued liabilities and other
    7,956,947       7,580,761       1,412,192  
 
Deferred revenue
    8,896,629       3,566,908       2,797,547  
 
Dividends payable
    1,992,263       1,365,488       529,788  
 
Deferred tax liability
    2,016,275       853,369       170,415  
 
Current portion of long-term obligations
    4,939,525       5,018,435       2,627,432  
     
     
     
 
   
Total current liabilities
    32,537,607       21,306,319       11,443,085  
LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS
    2,729,564       2,436,359       1,660,782  
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    35,267,171       23,742,678       13,103,867  
     
     
     
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
                       
 
Redeemable Series A preferred stock, 8%, $1 par value; 500,000 shares authorized, 481,696 shares issued and outstanding
    5,000,000       5,000,000       5,000,000  
 
Redeemable Series B preferred stock, 8%, $1 par value; 480,000 shares authorized, 480,000 shares issued and outstanding
    5,446,239       5,446,239       5,446,239  
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):
                       
 
Common stock, $.01 par value—10,000,000 shares authorized, 1,543,479 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2003 and June 30, 2002 respectively, and 1,592,379 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2004
    15,475       15,435       15,435  
 
Additional paid-in capital
    2,812,743       2,745,283       2,745,283  
 
Accumulated earnings/ (deficit)
    (2,377,553 )     (5,918,299 )     (9,714,032 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity/ (deficit)
    450,665       (3,157,581 )     (6,953,314 )
     
     
     
 
TOTAL
  $ 46,164,075     $ 31,031,336     $ 16,596,792  
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                             
Nine-Month Period Ended
March 31, Year Ended June 30,


2004 2003 2003 2002 2001





(Unaudited)
REVENUES:
                                       
 
Geophysical services
  $ 19,416,468     $ 19,561,470     $ 24,684,814     $ 19,834,479     $ 16,241,272  
 
Full-scope seismic services
    26,823,119       9,369,617       15,290,283              
 
Maintenance and other
    863,417       815,425       973,399       1,164,204       1,343,020  
 
Software
    53,975       64,040       70,040       142,605       432,558  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    47,156,979       29,810,552       41,018,536       21,141,288       18,016,850  
COST OF REVENUES
    29,928,488       17,532,845       24,570,560       13,048,511       10,688,732  
     
     
     
     
     
 
GROSS PROFIT
    17,228,491       12,277,707       16,447,976       8,092,777       7,328,118  
     
     
     
     
     
 
OPERATING EXPENSES:
                                       
 
General and administrative
    6,611,887       4,335,029       5,934,182       3,298,824       2,773,720  
 
Sales and marketing
    3,425,009       3,306,296       4,333,881       3,065,131       3,532,720  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total operating expenses
    10,036,896       7,641,325       10,268,063       6,363,955       6,306,440  
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
    7,191,595       4,636,382       6,179,913       1,728,822       1,021,678  
INTEREST EXPENSE
    (665,605 )     (517,105 )     (722,745 )     (529,934 )     (661,845 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
    6,525,990       4,119,277       5,457,168       1,198,888       359,833  
INCOME TAX EXPENSE
    2,359,181       623,296       825,735       233,069       21,250  
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME
  $ 4,166,809     $ 3,495,981     $ 4,631,433     $ 965,819     $ 338,583  
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                                   
Additional Total
Common Paid-In Accumulated Stockholders’
Stock Capital Earnings/(Deficit) Equity




BALANCE—July 1, 2000
  $ 15,435     $ 2,745,283     $ (9,988,647 )   $ (7,227,929 )
 
Dividends on preferred stock
                (400,000 )     (400,000 )
 
Net income
                338,583       338,583  
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE—July 1, 2001
    15,435       2,745,283       (10,050,064 )     (7,289,346 )
 
Dividends on preferred stock
                (629,787 )     (629,787 )
 
Net income
                965,819       965,819  
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE—July 1, 2002
    15,435       2,745,283       (9,714,032 )     (6,953,314 )
 
Dividends on preferred stock
                (835,700 )     (835,700 )
 
Net income
                4,631,433       4,631,433  
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE—June 30, 2003
    15,435       2,745,283       (5,918,299 )     (3,157,581 )
 
Issuance of common stock due to exercise of stock options— (Unaudited)
    40       67,460             67,500  
 
Dividends on preferred stock— (Unaudited)
                (626,063 )     (626,063 )
 
Net income—(unaudited)
                4,166,809       4,166,809  
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE—March 31, 2004 (unaudited)
  $ 15,475     $ 2,812,743     $ (2,377,553 )   $ 450,665  
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                               
Nine Months Ended

March 31, Year Ended June 30,


2004 2003 2003 2002 2001





(Unaudited)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Net income
  $ 4,166,809     $ 3,495,981     $ 4,631,433     $ 965,819     $ 338,583  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    10,413,580       4,886,391       6,698,393       2,078,027       1,534,908  
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                       
   
(Increase)/ Decrease in accounts receivable
    (437,985 )     (3,326,079 )     (5,207,964 )     (254,839 )     341,245  
   
(Increase)/ Decrease in unbilled revenue
    (3,153,228 )     49,219       331,314       (2,055,558 )     (256,519 )
   
(Increase)/ Decrease in prepayments and other
    (612,636 )     (228,089 )     (182,643 )     20,206       15,554  
   
(Increase)/ Decrease in other assets
    (122,653 )     (113,897 )             136,000       114,000  
   
Increase/(Decrease) in accounts payable
    2,064,610       (443,576 )     (34,353 )     521,473       (1,552 )
   
Increase/(Decrease) in accrued liabilities and other
    (1,431,010 )     217,334       1,391,241       204,978       (353,828 )
   
Increase in deferred revenue
    5,329,721       49,016       769,361       1,021,899       190,638  
   
Deferred income taxes
    755,897       573,432       755,988       170,415        
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by operating activities
    16,973,105       5,159,732       9,152,770       2,808,420       1,923,029  
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Purchase of property and equipment—net
    (9,656,745 )     (1,711,727 )     (1,842,444 )     (2,094,796 )     (1,090,979 )
 
Purchase of seismic data library
    (1,765,516 )     (1,779,057 )     (4,264,336 )            
 
Purchase of software
    (526,243 )     (370,014 )     (781,573 )     (580,810 )     (78,595 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash used in investing activities
    (11,948,504 )     (3,860,798 )     (6,888,353 )     (2,675,606 )     (1,169,574 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                       
 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock
                      2,042,340        
 
Proceeds from borrowings
    5,500,000       2,750,000       6,048,136       8,043,006       3,778,354  
 
Repayments of borrowings
    (8,792,063 )     (6,156,791 )     (10,549,980 )     (8,679,135 )     (3,191,477 )
 
Proceeds from issuance of stock
    67,500                          
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (3,224,563 )     (3,406,791 )     (4,501,844 )     1,406,211       586,877  
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    1,800,038       (2,107,857 )     (2,237,427 )     1,539,025       1,340,332  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period
    712,394       2,949,821       2,949,821       1,410,796       70,464  
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period
  $ 2,512,432     $ 841,964     $ 712,394     $ 2,949,821     $ 1,410,796  
     
     
     
     
     
 
SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
                                       
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 539,936     $ 439,665     $ 608,386     $ 282,257     $ 392,372  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 165,265     $ 79,391     $ 92,873     $ 30,000     $ 21,250  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Cash received from income tax refund
  $     $ 67,602     $     $ 2,132     $  
     
     
     
     
     
 
NONCASH TRANSACTIONS:
                                       
 
Capital lease additions
  $ 4,378,751     $ 4,355,869     $ 6,718,424     $ 2,499,744     $  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Series A preferred stock dividends exchanged for Series B preferred stock
  $     $     $     $ 2,766,152     $  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Interest accumulated on unpaid Series A preferred stock dividends in exchange for Series B preferred stock
  $     $     $     $ 637,748     $  
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Information for the nine month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 is unaudited)
 
1. Organization and Operations
 
General

      GX Technology Corporation (the “Company”) has three wholly owned subsidiaries: GX Technology France SARL, located in Paris, France; GX Technology EAME Limited, located in London, England; and GX Technology Canada, Ltd., located in Calgary, Canada.

      The Company provides seismic imaging services and data licensing of seismic data used in oil and gas exploration.

      The interim financial data is unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, the interim financial data includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position as of March 31, 2004 and the results of operations for the nine-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003. The results of operations for the nine months ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year.

 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Consolidation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents

      The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 
Revenue Recognition

      Revenues for geophysical services (mainly imaging services and licensing of seismic data) are recognized on the percentage of completion method. The Company considers the percentage of completion method to be the best available measure of progress on these contracts. The percentage complete is assessed by measuring the actual progress to the estimated progress of the project. Accordingly, changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated profitability, contract price, cost estimates, and availability of human and computer resources are reviewed periodically as the work progresses and revisions to the percentage completion are reflected in the accounting period in which the facts require such adjustments become known. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are determined. The asset “Unbilled Revenues” represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. The liability “Deferred Revenue” represents amounts billed in excess of revenues recognized.

      Revenues for sales of software are recognized when the software has been invoiced, delivered, and accepted by the customer. Payments received in advance for software maintenance agreements are deferred and recognized as revenue over the life of the agreements. Software revenues also include royalties from software license agreements with resellers, which are recognized upon receipt of specific sales information from the licensee and delivery of the product.

 
Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment are depreciated using a straight-line method based on each asset’s estimated useful life. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and renewals and betterments are capitalized.

F-7


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Seismic Data Library

      The seismic data library consists of seismic surveys that are offered for license to customers on a nonexclusive basis. The capitalized costs include costs paid to third parties for the acquisition of data and related activities associated with the data creation activity. The Company does not capitalize any internal processing costs, such as imaging, salaries, benefits, and other costs incurred for seismic data project design and management.

      Costs are amortized using the greater of (i) the percentage of estimated total costs compared to the percentage of actual revenue to the total estimated revenue from the project or (ii) a straight-line basis over the useful economic life of the data.

      The Company forecasts the ultimate revenue expected to be derived from a particular data survey over its estimated useful economic life to determine the costs to amortize if greater than straight-line amortization. That forecast is made by the Company at project initiation and is reviewed and updated periodically. If, during any such review and update, the Company determines that the ultimate revenue for a survey is expected to be less than the original estimate of total revenue for such survey, the Company increases the amortization rate attributable to future revenue from such survey. In addition, in connection with such reviews and updates, the Company evaluates the recoverability of its seismic data library, and if required under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment and Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, records an impairment charge with respect to such data.

 
Foreign Currency Translation

      GX Technology France SARL, GX Technology EAME Limited, and GX Technology Canada, Ltd. use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. Foreign currency transactions are included in net income. The Company realized transaction (gain) losses of $(85,351), $19,802 and $66,015 for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively, and $(158,489) and $(33,344) for the-nine month period ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003.

 
Software Costs

      All internal costs of developing software are expensed as incurred. Purchased software costs are capitalized and amortized on a product-by-product basis over the economic useful life of the software product.

 
Income Taxes

      The Company utilizes an asset and liability approach in the calculation of deferred income taxes. This approach gives consideration to the future tax consequences of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements.

 
Stock Options

      Stock options are accounted for by applying APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, in accounting for equity-based awards granted to employees whereby no compensation expense is recorded related to the options granted when the exercise price equals the market price of the underlying equity issue on the date of grant. See Note 8 for the pro forma effect on the Company’s net income, as if compensation expense had been determined based on the minimum value method at the grant date for the stock option awards consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. No compensation expense was recorded for the years ended 2003 or 2002. If compensation expense for

F-8


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the stock option plan had been determined based on fair value of stock options at the date of grant, the impact on net income would have been as follows:

                                         
Nine Months
Ended
March 31, Year Ended June 30,


2004 2003 2003 2002 2001





(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
Net income as reported
  $ 4,166,809     $ 3,495,981     $ 4,631,433     $ 965,819     $ 338,583  
Compensation expense included in net income
                             
Compensation expense that would have been included in the determination of net income if the fair value based method had been applied to all awards
    440,482       377,984       510,524       328,704       189,734  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 3,726,327     $ 3,117,997     $ 4,120,909     $ 637,115     $ 148,849  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the minimum value method using the assumptions as follows:

     
Expected life of options
  10 years
Risk-free interest rate
  4.01%-6.20%
Expected dividend yield
  0%
 
Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 
Reclassification

      Certain reclassifications of prior year financial statements and related footnote amounts have been made to conform with the 2003 presentation.

 
3. Property and Equipment

      Property and equipment consisted of the following:

                                 
Estimated March 31, June 30, June 30,
Description Useful Lives 2004 2003 2002





(Unaudited)
Computer equipment
    3 years     $ 19,069,805     $ 15,548,931     $ 9,201,192  
Furniture and fixtures
    3 years       1,524,188       1,659,960       1,048,796  
             
     
     
 
Total
          $ 20,593,993     $ 17,208,891     $ 10,249,988  
             
     
     
 

F-9


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
4. Seismic Data Library

      Seismic data library creation and amortization consisted of the following:

                 
March 31, June 30,
2004 2003


(Unaudited)
Gross costs of seismic data creation
  $ 20,889,351     $ 8,610,680  
Less accumulated amortization
    8,535,096       2,685,182  
     
     
 
Total
  $ 12,354,255     $ 5,925,498  
     
     
 

      Gross costs of seismic data creation include $7,113,839 at March 31, 2004 and $4,491,913 at June 30, 2003 for amounts which the Company has not remitted payment under an agreement with the company performing data acquisition. The Company does not have the payment obligation for these amounts until certain revenues have been collected from licensing sales of the data.

 
5. Line of Credit

      On October 27, 1999, the Company entered into a line of credit with a bank with a borrowing capacity of up to $3,500,000 with an interest rate of prime plus .5%. The line of credit matured and was renewed for one year through March 15, 2005, with a borrowing capacity of $6,000,000. The amount borrowed under the agreement at June 30, 2003 and 2002 was $2,025,000 and $2,975,000 respectively, and $3,775,000 at March 31, 2004. The line of credit is collateralized by marketable securities owned by a stockholder and all of the Company’s inventory, accounts receivable, general intangibles and other property, and allows the Company to borrow and repay such borrowings until maturity.

      The weighted average borrowings outstanding under the bank loans were $1,791,667 and $2,739,013 for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and $3,591,667 at March 31, 2004. The average interest rate was 4.75% and 5.85% for the years ended June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and 5.0% for both of the nine-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003.

      The credit agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants related to the Company’s ability to sell, transfer, pledge, collaterally assign, grant a security interest in, or otherwise transfer or encumber any of its assets except for the pledge of collateral to the lender and except for the sale or transfer of its assets (other than the collateral) in the ordinary course of its business. The Company will not at any time permit: a) its current ratio to be less than 1.0 to 1.0; b) tangible net worth to be less than $4,800,000 prior to December 31, 2003 and $10,000,000 after December 31, 2003; and c) its debt to tangible net worth to be greater than 3.0 to 1.0 until December 31, 2003, 3.8 to 1.0, until June 29, 2004, 3.5 to 1.0, between June 30, 2004 and December 30, 2004, and 3.0 to 1.0 on and after December 31, 2004. Management of the Company believes they were in compliance with these covenants at June 30, 2003, except for two financial condition covenants which were waived by the bank. Management of the Company believes they were in compliance with these covenants at March 31, 2004, except for one financial condition covenant which has been waived by the bank.

F-10


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
6. Long-Term Obligations

      Long-term obligations were as follows:

                         
March 31, June 30, June 30,
2004 2003 2002



(Unaudited)
Equipment loans
  $ 6,919,089     $ 6,704,794     $ 3,538,214  
Shareholder loans
    750,000       750,000       750,000  
     
     
     
 
Total obligations
    7,669,089       7,454,794       4,288,214  
Less short-term obligations
    4,939,525       5,018,435       2,627,432  
     
     
     
 
Total long-term obligations
  $ 2,729,564     $ 2,436,359     $ 1,660,782  
     
     
     
 

      The shareholder term loans bear interest at the lesser of 1) the maximum nonusurious rate of interest permitted by applicable state or federal law in effect or 2) the fixed rate of 10% per annum. The weighted average interest rate for 2003 and 2002 and the interest rate at March 31, 2004, June 30, 2003 and 2002 were 10%.

      Outstanding indebtedness under the term note is $750,000, which was amended with the holder of the term note wherein all payments of principal and interest on the note were extended until June 30, 2004.

      Long-term obligations as of June 30, 2003, mature as follows: $5,018,435 in the year ending June 30, 2004, $1,918,042 in the year ending June 30, 2005 and $518,317 for the year ending June 30, 2006.

      The Company entered into a series of equipment loans that are due in installments for the purpose of financing the purchase of computer equipment in the form of capital leases expiring in various years through 2007. Interest charged under these loans which range from 5.8% to 20.7% is collateralized by liens on the computer equipment. The assets and liabilities under capital leases are recorded at lower of the present value of minimum lease payments or the fair value of the assets. The assets are depreciated over the lower of their related lease terms or their estimated productive lives. Depreciation of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense for the nine-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and 2003 and for the years ended 2003 and 2002.

      As of June 30, 2003, future minimum lease payments under capital leases for each of the next four years and in aggregate are:

         
Year Ending June 30

2004
  $ 4,765,095  
2005
    1,452,015  
2006
    452,682  
2007
    12,537  
     
 
Total
  $ 6,682,329  
     
 

F-11


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
7. Operating Lease Agreements

      The Company has certain noncancelable operating leases for office space and miscellaneous equipment. At June 30, 2003, the future minimum lease commitments were as follows:

         
Year Ending June 30

2004
  $ 1,662,191  
2005
    1,270,875  
2006
    248,626  
2007
    248,626  
2008
    185,906  
     
 
Total
  $ 3,616,224  
     
 

      Rent expense for all operating leases was $2,414,537, $1,788,033 and $2,032,287 for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, and $2,738,523 and $1,778,926 for the nine-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003, respectively.

 
8. Income Taxes

      Income taxes consist of the following:

                                           
Nine Months Ended
March 31, Year Ended June 30,


2004 2003 2003 2002 2001





(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
U.S. Federal:
                                       
 
Current tax (benefit)/expense
  $ 1,363,885     $     $     $ (16,132 )   $ 21,250  
 
Deferred tax expense
    790,031       536,035       708,796       170,415        
State:
                                       
 
Current tax expense
    125,000                          
Foreign:
                                       
 
Current tax expense
    114,399       49,864       69,747       78,786        
 
Deferred tax (benefit)/expense
    (34,134 )     37,397       47,192              
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 2,359,181     $ 623,296     $ 825,735     $ 233,069     $ 21,250  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities computed at the statutory tax rates were as follows:

                           
March 31, June 30, June 30,
2004 2003 2002



(Unaudited)
Current deferred tax assets and liabilities related to:
                       
 
Assets
  $ 53,523     $ 172,361     $ 743,290  
 
Liabilities
    (2,069,798 )     (1,025,730 )     (913,705 )
     
     
     
 
Current deferred tax liabilities
  $ (2,016,275 )   $ (853,369 )   $ (170,415 )
     
     
     
 
Noncurrent deferred tax asset-fixed assets
  $ 619,390     $ 212,381     $  
     
     
     
 

F-12


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      For the year ending June 30, 2003, as a result of its net operating loss carryforward, the Company did not generate any liability for regular federal income tax purposes. The Company recognized a liability for alternative minimum tax of $115,000 and $32,000 as of June 30, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

 
9. Stock Options

      The Company maintains an employee stock option plan. The Company applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for the plan. Accordingly, no compensation expense has been recognized for options issued under the plan.

      The Company may grant options to purchase shares of its common stock under a qualified incentive stock option agreement (“Qualified Plan”), as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 422 and a nonqualified stock option agreement (“Nonqualified Plan”). The Company has reserved for grant, 1,000,000 shares of its common stock under the Qualified Plan and 144,656 shares of its common stock under the Nonqualified Plan. Options under the Qualified Plan have a vesting period of five years and an expiration period from five to ten years from the date of grant. Options under the Nonqualified Plan have a vesting period of four years and an expiration period of ten years from the date of grant. The shares are subject to adjustment for subsequent recapitalizations and stock splits.

      The information set forth in the following table covers options granted under the Company’s stock option plan:

                   
June 30, June 30,
2003 2002


Stock options outstanding—beginning of year
    1,044,656       877,256  
Granted (per share):
               
 
2003 ($15.00)
    17,000       225,500  
 
2002 ($15.00)
             
Expired or cancelled
          (58,100 )
     
     
 
Stock options outstanding—end of year (per share: $.05 to $15.00 at June 30, 2003; average exercise price per share of $10.84 at June 30, 2003)
    1,061,656       1,044,656  
     
     
 
Stock options exercisable—end of year
    768,216       665,936  
     
     
 
 
10. Redeemable Preferred Stock

      The Company has issued and has outstanding 481,696 shares of its Series A 8% cumulative convertible redeemable preferred stock (“Series A Preferred”)($1 par value per share and $10.38 liquidation preference per share) for $5,000,000.

      On December 20, 2001, the Company issued 480,000 shares of Series B senior convertible preferred stock (“Series B Preferred”), with a par value of $1.00 (one dollar) and a liquidation preference and initial conversion price of $11.35 per share. 300,000 shares of the Series B Preferred were issued in lieu of cash payment of $2,766,152 in accrued and unpaid dividends on Series A Preferred and $637,748 in accrued interest on those accrued and unpaid dividends. An additional 180,000 shares of Series B Preferred were issued to one of the Company’s principal stockholders in exchange for a capital infusion of $2,042,339 in cash.

      Dividends on both Series A and B are payable annually on the Annual Dividend Date. Any unpaid dividends accumulate until paid which represent noncash transactions. As of March 31, 2004, no dividends have been paid. All accrued but unpaid dividends amass interest after each Annual Dividend Date, at a rate of

F-13


Table of Contents

GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

8% per annum. The preferred shares are convertible into the Company’s common stock at the option of the holder at any time on a one-for-one basis and are automatically converted in the event that the proceeds of a public offering exceed certain levels. In addition, holders of a majority of Series A Preferred may require the Company to repurchase all or any of the then outstanding preferred stock at a price equal to the greater of the fair market value or the original issuance price. The redemption of Series A Preferred allows the holders of Series B Preferred to redeem their preferred stock under similar terms.

 
11. Benefit Plan

      The Company maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan that covers all U.S. employees. The Company makes “matching contributions” equal to 50% of the amount of the contribution elected by the employee, up to a maximum employee contribution of 6% of the employee’s gross salary. For the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 contributions charged to operations were $256,131, $193,890 and $176,981, respectively, and $261,210 and $179,777 for the nine-month periods ended March 31, 2004, and March 31, 2003, respectively.

 
12. Related-Party Transactions

      As of June 30, 2003 and 2002, the related party balance totaled $2,720,370 and $1,766,888, respectively, as of March 31, 2004 the balance totaled $3,476,968, and consists of unpaid dividends and interest on the Series A and Series B preferred stock and note payable to shareholder. The Company recognized interest expense on obligations to related parties for the years ended June 30, 2003, 2002 and 2001 of $122,451, $368,947 and $396,068, respectively, and $129,822 and $80,080 for nine-month periods ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2003, respectively.

 
13. Subsequent Event (Unaudited)

      On May 10, 2004, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement to sell all outstanding common and preferred stock of the Company to Input/ Output, Inc.

F-14


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 
Item 14. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      An estimate (other than the SEC registration fee) of the fees and expenses of issuance and distribution of the securities offered hereby (all of which will be paid by Input/ Output, Inc. (“I/O”)) is as follows:

           
SEC registration fee
  $ 16,903  
New York Stock Exchange Listing Fee
       
Legal fees and expenses
       
Blue Sky fees and expenses
       
Accounting fees and expenses
       
Printing and mailing expenses
       
Miscellaneous expenses
       
     
 
 
Total
  $    
     
 
 
Item 15. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”) permits I/O and its stockholders to limit directors’ exposure to liability for certain breaches of the directors’ fiduciary duty, either in a suit on behalf of I/O or in an action by stockholders of I/O. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of I/O (the “Charter”) provides that a director of I/O shall not be personally liable to I/O or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to I/O or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      The Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) of I/O provide that I/O shall, to the full extent permitted by applicable laws (including the DGCL), indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents with respect to expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines, penalties, other liabilities and amounts incurred by any such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding to which such person is or was a party, or is or was threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that such person is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of I/ O or any of its subsidiaries, or is or was serving at the request of I/ O or any of its subsidiaries as a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The Bylaws provide that the indemnification provided pursuant to the Bylaws is not exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any provision of law, certificate of incorporation, bylaws, governing documents, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. I/ O has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its officers and directors and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its future officers and directors. Pursuant to such indemnification agreements, I/ O has agreed to indemnify its officers and directors against certain liabilities.

      I/ O maintains a standard form of officers’ and directors’ liability insurance policy which provides coverage to the officers and directors of I/ O for certain liabilities, including certain liabilities which may arise out of this Registration Statement.

II-1


Table of Contents

 
Item 16. Exhibits.

      The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed as part of this Registration Statement.

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  *1 .1   Underwriting Agreement.
  **2 .1   Stock Purchase Agreement by and among GX Technology Corporation, Input/ Output, Inc. and the Sellers party thereto, dated as of May 7, 2004.
  4 .1   Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit F of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated October 17, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .2   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the seven months ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .3   Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 10, 1966, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  4 .4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2002.
  4 .5   Form of Certificate of Designation, Preference and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock of Input/ Output, Inc., filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated January 27, 1997 (attached as Exhibit 1 to the Rights Agreement referenced in Exhibit 4.6), and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .6   Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 1997, by and between Input/Output, Inc. and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Rights Agent, including exhibits thereto, filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Form 8-A dated January 27, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .7   First Amendment to Rights Agreement by and between the Company and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as Rights Agent, dated April 21, 1999, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated April 21, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.
  *5 .1   Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  **23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  **23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  *23 .3   Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included in Signature Page).

  To be filed by amendment.

  **  Filed herewith.

 
Item 17. Undertakings.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement: (i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent

II-2


Table of Contents

  no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and (iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement; provided, however, that (i) and (ii) above do not apply if the Registration Statement is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by (i) and (ii) is contained in periodic reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement.
 
        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Stafford, State of Texas, on May 10, 2004.

  INPUT/ OUTPUT, INC.

  By:  /s/ ROBERT P. PEEBLER
 
  Robert P. Peebler
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

      KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert P. Peebler and J. Michael Kirksey, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including any and all post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement on Form S-3 and any registration statement for the same offering filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

             
Name Title Date



 
/s/ ROBERT P. PEEBLER

Robert P. Peebler
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   May 10, 2004
 
/s/ J. MICHAEL KIRKSEY

J. Michael Kirksey
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)   May 10, 2004
 
/s/ MICHAEL L. MORRISON

Michael L. Morrison
  Controller and Director of Accounting (principal accounting officer)   May 10, 2004
 
/s/ JAMES M. LAPEYRE, JR.

James M. Lapeyre, Jr.
  Chairman of the Board of Directors and Director   May 10, 2004
 
/s/ BRUCE S. APPELBAUM, PH.D.

Bruce S. Appelbaum, Ph.D.
  Director   May 10, 2004
 
/s/ THEODORE H. ELLIOTT, JR.

Theodore H. Elliott, Jr.
  Director   May 10, 2004

II-4


Table of Contents

             
Name Title Date



 
/s/ FRANKLIN MYERS

Franklin Myers
  Director   May 10, 2004
 
/s/ JOHN N. SEITZ

John N. Seitz
  Director   May 10, 2004
 
/s/ SAM K. SMITH

Sam K. Smith
  Director   May 10, 2004

II-5


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  *1 .1   Underwriting Agreement.
  **2 .1   Stock Purchase Agreement by and among GX Technology Corporation, Input/ Output, Inc. and the Sellers party thereto, dated as of May 10, 2004.
  4 .1   Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit F of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated October 17, 1994, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .2   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Transition Report on Form 10-K for the seven months ended December 31, 2000, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .3   Certificate of Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated October 10, 1966, incorporated by reference to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
  4 .4   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2002.
  4 .5   Form of Certificate of Designation, Preference and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock of Input/ Output, Inc., filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated January 27, 1997 (attached as Exhibit 1 to the Rights Agreement referenced in Exhibit 4.6), and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .6   Rights Agreement, dated as of January 17, 1997, by and between Input/Output, Inc. and Harris Trust and Savings Bank, as Rights Agent, including exhibits thereto, filed as Exhibit 4 to the Company’s Form 8-A dated January 27, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .7   First Amendment to Rights Agreement by and between the Company and Harris Trust and Savings Bank as Rights Agent, dated April 21, 1999, filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K dated April 21, 1999, and incorporated herein by reference.
  *5 .1   Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
  **23 .1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
  **23 .2   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  *23 .3   Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 5.1).
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included in Signature Page).

  To be filed by amendment.

  **  Filed herewith.
EX-2.1 2 h14972exv2w1.txt STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT EXHIBIT 2.1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------- STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT -------------------------------------------- BY AND AMONG THE PARTIES LISTED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO (THE SELLERS) AND GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION (TOGETHER WITH SUBSIDIARIES, THE COMPANY) AND INPUT/OUTPUT, INC. (THE PURCHASER) DATED AS OF MAY 10, 2004 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS .......................................................... 1 Section 1.1 Definitions................................................ 1 Section 1.2 Certain Interpretive Matters............................... 7 ARTICLE II SALE AND PURCHASE.................................................... 8 Section 2.1 Purchase and Sale of the Shares............................ 8 ARTICLE III PURCHASE PRICE AND CLOSING PAYMENTS................................. 8 Section 3.1 Purchase Price............................................. 8 Section 3.2 The Sellers' Representative................................ 9 Section 3.3 Stock Option Matters....................................... 9 ARTICLE IV CLOSING AND CLOSING DELIVERIES....................................... 9 Section 4.1 The Closing................................................ 9 Section 4.2 Deliveries of the Sellers.................................. 10 Section 4.3 Deliveries by the Purchaser................................ 11 ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS AND THE COMPANY......... 11 Section 5.1 Corporate Existence and Power.............................. 11 Section 5.2 Authorization; Enforceability.............................. 11 Section 5.3 Governmental Authorization................................. 12 Section 5.4 Non-Contravention; Consents................................ 12 Section 5.5 Capitalization............................................. 12 Section 5.6 Subsidiaries............................................... 13 Section 5.7 Financial Statements....................................... 13 Section 5.8 No Undisclosed Liabilities................................. 13 Section 5.9 Tax Matters................................................ 13 Section 5.10 Absence of Certain Changes................................. 17 Section 5.11 Contracts.................................................. 17 Section 5.12 Insurance Coverage......................................... 18 Section 5.13 Litigation................................................. 19 Section 5.14 Compliance with Laws; Permits.............................. 19 Section 5.15 Assets; Properties; Sufficiency of Assets.................. 19 Section 5.16 Intellectual Property...................................... 20 Section 5.17 Environmental Matters...................................... 21 Section 5.18 Plans and Material Documents............................... 22 Section 5.19 Affiliate Transactions..................................... 23 Section 5.20 Customer, Supplier and Employee Relations.................. 23 Section 5.21 Other Employment Matters................................... 24 Section 5.22 Accounts Receivable........................................ 24 Section 5.23 Finders' Fees.............................................. 25 Section 5.24 Disclosure................................................. 25
- i - ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER.......................... 25 Section 6.1 Corporate Existence and Power.............................. 25 Section 6.2 Corporate Authorization; Enforceability.................... 25 Section 6.3 Non-Contravention.......................................... 26 Section 6.4 Finders' Fees.............................................. 26 Section 6.5 Investment................................................. 26 Section 6.6 SEC Filings................................................ 26 Section 6.7 Material Adverse Change.................................... 27 ARTICLE VII CERTAIN COVENANTS................................................... 27 Section 7.1 Conduct of Business of the Company......................... 27 Section 7.2 Exclusive Dealing.......................................... 28 Section 7.3 Review of the Company; Confidentiality..................... 29 Section 7.4 Hart-Scott-Rodino.......................................... 29 Section 7.5 Reasonable Best Efforts.................................... 29 Section 7.6 Benefits of Company Personnel After the Closing............ 30 Section 7.7 Indemnification of Officers and Directors.................. 30 Section 7.8 Further Assurances......................................... 30 Section 7.9 Non-Solicitation........................................... 31 ARTICLE VIII TAX MATTERS ....................................................... 31 Section 8.1 Tax Indemnification........................................ 31 Section 8.2 Returns.................................................... 32 Section 8.3 Contests................................................... 33 Section 8.4 Miscellaneous.............................................. 33 ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS TO CLOSING................................................ 34 Section 9.1 Conditions to Obligations of the Purchaser................. 34 Section 9.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Sellers................... 35 ARTICLE X SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION............................................. 35 Section 10.1 Survival................................................... 35 Section 10.2 Indemnification............................................ 36 Section 10.3 Procedures................................................. 36 Section 10.4 Payment of Indemnification Payments........................ 38 Section 10.5 Reassignment of Accounts Receivable........................ 38 ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS ....................................................... 39 Section 11.1 Termination................................................ 39 Section 11.2 Notices.................................................... 40 Section 11.3 Amendments and Waivers..................................... 41 Section 11.4 Expenses................................................... 41 Section 11.5 Successors and Assigns..................................... 42 Section 11.6 No Third-Party Beneficiaries............................... 42 Section 11.7 Governing Law.............................................. 42 Section 11.8 Public Announcements....................................... 42 Section 11.9 Counterparts............................................... 42
- ii - Section 11.10 Table of Contents; Headings................................ 42 Section 11.11 Entire Agreement........................................... 43 Section 11.12 Severability; Injunctive Relief............................ 43
- iii - EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES Exhibit A Non-Competition Agreements Exhibit B-1 Option Termination Agreement Exhibit B-2 Option Termination and Assumption Agreement Exhibit C Opinion of Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP Schedule 5.3 Governmental Authorization Schedule 5.4 Non-Contravention; Consents Schedule 5.5 Capitalization Schedule 5.6 Subsidiaries Schedule 5.7 Financial Statements Schedule 5.8 No Undisclosed Liabilities Schedule 5.9(a) Tax Matters Schedule 5.9(b) Tax Matters Schedule 5.9(c) Tax Matters Schedule 5.10 Absence of Certain Changes Schedule 5.11(a) Contracts Schedule 5.11(b) Contracts Schedule 5.12 Insurance Coverage Schedule 5.13 Litigation Schedule 5.14(a) Compliance with Laws; Permits Schedule 5.14(b) Compliance with Laws; Permits Schedule 5.15(a) Assets; Properties; Sufficiency of Assets Schedule 5.15(b) Assets; Properties; Sufficiency of Assets Schedule 5.16(a) Intellectual Property Schedule 5.16(a) Intellectual Property Schedule 5.17(c) Environmental Matters Schedule 5.17(a)(iv) Environmental Matters Schedule 5.18(a) Plans and Material Documents Schedule 5.18(b) Plans and Material Documents Schedule 5.18(c) Plans and Material Documents Schedule 5.18(d) Plans and Material Documents Schedule 5.19(a) Affiliate Transaction Schedule 5.19(b) Affiliate Transaction Schedule 5.20 Customer, Supplier and Employee Relations Schedule 5.21(f) Other Employment Matters Schedule 5.22(g) Accounts Receivable Schedule 5.23 Finders' Fee Schedule 6.3 Non-Contravention Schedule 6.4 Finders' Fees - iv - STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of May 10, 2004, by and among the parties listed on the signature pages hereto (together, the "Sellers"), GX Technology Corporation, a Texas corporation (the "Company"), and Input/Output, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Purchaser"). R E C I T A L S WHEREAS, the Sellers own, as a group, all of the authorized, issued and outstanding shares of every class of Capital Stock (as defined herein) of the Company (the "Shares"); and WHEREAS, the Sellers desire to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase from the Sellers, all of the Shares, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements and covenants hereinafter set forth, the Purchaser, the Sellers, and the Company hereby agree as follows: ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS SECTION 1.1 DEFINITIONS. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the terms below are defined as follows: "Accounts Receivable" means all accounts and notes receivable relating to the Business. "Affiliate" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the first Person and, if such first Person is an individual, any member of the immediate family (including parents, spouse and children) of such individual and any trust whose principal beneficiary is such individual or one or more members of such individual's immediate family, and any Person who is controlled by any such member or trust. For the purposes of this Agreement, "control," when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or comparable positions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "Agreement" means this Stock Purchase Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof. "Ancillary Agreements" means the Non-Competition Agreements, the Option Termination and Assumption Agreements, the Option Termination Agreements, and all other instruments, certificates and other agreements entered into by the Sellers in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. "Balance Sheet Date" means March 31, 2004. "Benefit Plan" means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, and any other plan, program, agreement, arrangement, policy, contract, commitment or scheme, written or oral, statutory or contractual, that provides for compensation or benefits, including any deferred compensation, executive compensation, bonus or incentive plan, any cafeteria plan or any holiday or vacation plan or practice. "Business" means the business of the Company as now or previously conducted, including, but not limited to, the business of seismic-based 3D subsurface imaging services. "Business Day" means a day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions located in New York City, New York or Houston, Texas are authorized or required to close. "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means the obligations of such Person that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP, together with all obligations to make termination payments under such capitalized lease obligations. "Capital Stock" means (a) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including the common stock of such Person, and (b) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person. "CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. Sections 9601, et seq., as amended. "Closing" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1. "Closing Cash Consideration" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1. "Closing Company Cash Amount" means the amount of cash and cash equivalents, as those terms are defined by GAAP, of the Company on the Closing Date after deducting the fees and expenses of the Company incurred prior to Closing or payable after the Closing in connection with this Agreement. "Closing Company Indebtedness" means the amount of Indebtedness of the Company on the Closing Date. "Closing Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1. "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. "Company" means, collectively, the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries. - 2 - "Constituent of Concern" means any substance defined as a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material, pollutant or contaminant by any Environmental Law, any petroleum hydrocarbon and any degradation product of a petroleum hydrocarbon, asbestos, PCB or similar substance, the generation, recycling, use, treatment, storage, transportation, Release, disposal or exposure of or to which is subject to regulation under any Environmental Law. "Contracts" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.11. "Damages" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2(a). "Direct Claim" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(c). "Environmental Claims" means administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, citations, summonses, notices of non-compliance or violation, requests for information, investigations or proceedings relating in any way to the Release of Constituents of Concern or any Environmental Law, including (a) Environmental Claims by Governmental Authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any applicable Environmental Law and (b) Environmental Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Constituents of Concern or arising from an alleged injury or threat of injury to human health and safety or the environment. "Environmental Condition" means a condition with respect to the environment which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a material loss, liability, cost or expense to the Company. "Environmental Law" means any Law, administrative interpretation, administrative order, consent decree or judgment, or common law relating to the environment, human health and safety, including CERCLA, and any state and local counterparts or equivalents. "Environmental Permits" means all Permits, licenses, authorizations, certificates and approvals of Governmental Authorities relating to or required by Environmental Laws. "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor thereto. "ERISA Affiliate" means any Person that, together with the Company, would be considered a single employer within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code. "Escrow Agent" has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1(b). "Escrow Agreement" has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1(b). "Escrow Amount" has the meaning given such term in Section 3.1(b). "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. - 3 - "GAAP" means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. "Governmental Authority" means any domestic or foreign governmental or regulatory agency, authority, bureau, commission, department, official or similar body or instrumentality thereof, or any governmental court, arbitral tribunal or other body administering alternative dispute resolution. "HSR Act" means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended. "HSR Form" means the notification and report form required to be filed under the HSR Act. "Indebtedness" means with respect to any Person, at any date, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, including all principal, interest, premiums, fees, expenses, overdrafts and penalties with respect thereto, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, except trade payables incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business, (d) all obligations of such Person to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under a letter of credit or similar instrument, (e) all other obligations of a Person which would be required to be shown as indebtedness on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and (f) all indebtedness of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (a) to (e) above directly or indirectly guaranteed by such Person or secured by any assets of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness has been assumed by such Person. In no event shall Indebtedness include the Capitalized Lease Obligations of the Company. "Indemnified Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a). "Indemnifying Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a). "Intellectual Property Right" means any trademark, service mark, trade name, product designation, logo, slogan, invention, patent, trade secret, copyright, know-how, proprietary design or process, computer software and database, Internet address or domain name (including any registrations or applications for registration or renewal of any of the foregoing), research in progress, or any other similar type of proprietary intellectual property right, in each case which is used or held for use or otherwise necessary in connection with the conduct of the Business. "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service. "Law" means any federal, foreign, state or local statute, law, including common law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, permit or license. "Lien" means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, encumbrance or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such property or asset. For the purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to own, subject to a Lien, any property or asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor - 4 - under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or other title retention agreement relating to such property or asset. "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on the business, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), or results of operations of the Company or the Business. "Non-Competition Agreements" means the non-competition agreements between the Purchaser and certain Sellers substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. Exhibit A also lists the Sellers who will enter into a non-competition agreement at Closing. "Option Spread Amount" means the dollar amount equal to (a) the price to the public of Purchaser's common stock as set forth on the facing page of the final prospectus included in the registration statement referred to in Section 7.5, multiplied by the aggregate number of shares of Purchaser common stock which may be acquired upon exercise of the Purchaser stock options issued pursuant to the Option Termination and Assumption Agreements, minus (b) the aggregate exercise price of all Purchaser stock options issued pursuant to the Option Termination and Assumption Agreements. "Option Termination Agreement" means the form of Option Termination Agreement among the Purchaser, the Company and certain optionholders, in the form of Exhibit B-1. "Option Termination and Assumption Agreement" means the form of Option Termination and Assumption Agreement among the Purchaser, the Company and certain optionholders of the Company, in the form of Exhibit B-2. "Order" means any judgment, injunction, judicial or administrative order or decree. "Ordinary Course of Business" means, with respect to any Person, the ordinary course of business of such Person, consistent with such Person's past practice and custom, including, with respect to any category, quantity or dollar amount, term and frequency of payment, delivery, accrual, expense or any other accounting entry. "Permit" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.14(b). "Permitted Lien" means (a) mechanics' Liens, workmen's Liens, carriers' Liens, repairmen's Liens, landlord's Liens, (b) statutory Liens for Taxes, assessments and other similar governmental charges that are not overdue, (c) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of bids, contracts, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds incurred in connection with the Business and in the Ordinary Course of Business by the Company, and (d) Liens that do not materially interfere with the operation or use of property affected thereby or otherwise materially adversely affect the value thereof. "Person" means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization or Governmental Authority. "Post-Closing Tax Period" means any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date. - 5 - "Pre-Closing Tax Period" means any Tax period (or portion thereof) that ends on or before the Closing Date. "Property" means any real property and improvements at any time owned, leased, used, operated or occupied by the Company. "Purchase Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1. "Purchaser" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement. "Purchaser's SEC Filings" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6. "Real Property" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.15(b). "Reference Balance Sheet" means the balance sheet of the Company as of March 31, 2004, attached hereto as Schedule 5.7. "Reference Financial Statements" means the balance sheets of the Company as of June 30, 2003 and 2002, together with the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the periods then ended, and the Reference Balance Sheet, together with the related statement of operations for the nine-month period then ended, all of which are attached hereto as Schedule 5.7. "Release" means any release, spill, emission, discharge, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater and surface or subsurface strata) or into or out of any Property, including the movement of Constituents of Concern through or in the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property. "Returns" means returns, declarations, reports, claims for refund, information returns or other documents (including any related or supporting schedules, statements or information) and including any amendment thereof filed or required to be filed in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of Taxes of any party or the administration of any Laws relating to any Taxes. "SEC" means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. "Selected Representations and Warranties" means the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5.2 (Authorization; Enforceability), and 5.5 (Capitalization). "Sellers" has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement. "Shares" has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement. - 6 - "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (a) any corporation 50% or more of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of such corporation have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, and (b) any partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, trust or other entity in which such Person, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, is either a general partner, has a 50% or greater equity interest at the time or otherwise owns a controlling interest. "Tax" means (a) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, net worth, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, license, withholding on amounts paid to or by the Company, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental or windfall profit tax, custom, duty or other tax, governmental fee or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority whether disputed or not, (b) any liability of the Company for the payment of any amounts of any of the foregoing types as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group, or being a party to any agreement or arrangement whereby liability of the Company for payment of such amounts was determined or taken into account with reference to the liability of any other Person, and (c) any liability of the Company for the payment of any amounts as a result of being a party to any Tax-Sharing Agreement or with respect to the payment of any amounts of any of the foregoing types as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person. "Tax-Sharing Agreements" means all existing agreements or arrangements that are binding on the Company for the sharing, indemnification or allocation of any Tax between the Company and another Person. "Taxing Authority" means any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or other imposition of any Tax. "Third-Party Claim" means any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding made or brought by any Person who or which is not a party to this Agreement or who or which is not an Affiliate of any party to this Agreement. SECTION 1.2 CERTAIN INTERPRETIVE MATTERS. When a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference will be to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words, "include," "includes" or "including" are used in this Agreement, they will be deemed to be followed by the words "without limitation." The words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar import when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. All terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such term. All references to "$" or dollar amounts will - 7 - be to lawful currency of the United States of America. References to a Person are also to its permitted successors and assigns. Each of the Schedules will apply only to its corresponding Section or subsection of this Agreement. Each accounting term not otherwise defined in this Agreement has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP. To the extent the term "day" or "days" is used, it will mean calendar days unless referred to as a "Business Day." (a) No provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in favor of, or against, any of the parties hereto by reason of the extent to which any such party or its counsel participated in the drafting thereof or by reason of the extent to which any such provision is inconsistent with any prior draft hereof or thereof. ARTICLE II SALE AND PURCHASE SECTION 2.1 PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES. (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Sellers severally agree to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase from each of the Sellers, the Shares, owned by such free and clear of all Liens. (b) The Purchaser shall not be required to purchase any Shares, unless the Sellers, as a group, sell and assign to the Purchaser all of the Shares. ARTICLE III PURCHASE PRICE AND CLOSING PAYMENTS SECTION 3.1 PURCHASE PRICE. (a) In consideration for the conveyance by the Sellers to the Purchaser of the Shares, the Purchaser will deliver to the Sellers at the Closing the aggregate purchase price (the "Purchase Price") of $150,000,000 (such amount, the "Closing Cash Consideration"), which amount shall be reduced by (A) the cash amount paid to the Company's optionholders pursuant to the Option Termination Agreements and the Option Termination and Assumption Agreements, (B) an amount equal to the Option Spread Amount, (C) an amount equal to the Closing Company Indebtedness, and (D) by the amount by which $2,000,000 exceeds the Closing Company Cash Amount. The amount of the Closing Company Indebtedness and the Closing Company Cash Amount shall be certified on the Closing Date by the chief financial officer of the Company. The Purchase Price shall be payable in cash by wire transfer in immediately available funds to accounts designated in writing by the Sellers at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date. (b) At Closing, the Purchaser shall deposit into an escrow account with a mutually agreed upon escrow agent (the "Escrow Agent") a portion of the Purchase Price in the amount of $4,045,247 (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, and together with the Option Holdback Amount (as defined in the Option Termination and Assumption Agreement) the "Escrow Amount") as security for the indemnification obligations of the Sellers contained in this Agreement. The Escrow - 8 - Amount shall be held and dispersed by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms and provisions of the escrow agreement (the "Escrow Agreement"), the form of which will be mutually agreed upon by the parties prior to Closing. The Escrow Agreement will provide for the disbursement of the Escrow Amount, and all interest or other earnings thereon, less the amount of all pending and unresolved indemnification claims, to the Sellers and each optionholder of the Company upon the expiration of one year from the Closing. The Escrow Agreement shall be executed by the Purchaser, the Sellers and the Escrow Agent and delivered at the Closing. All fees and expenses related to the Escrow Agreement and the Escrow Agent shall be borne by the Sellers. SECTION 3.2 THE SELLERS' REPRESENTATIVE. William J. Johnson is hereby designated by each of the Sellers to serve as the representative of the Sellers and each optionholder of the Company ("Sellers' Representative") with respect to all matters related to or arising from the Escrow Agreement. Any successor representative shall be a person reasonably acceptable to Purchaser. The duties and obligations of the Sellers' Representative shall be determined solely by the express provisions of the Escrow Agreement and the Sellers' Representatives Agreement executed in connection therewith. SECTION 3.3 STOCK OPTION MATTERS. AT THE CLOSING, THE PURCHASER, THE COMPANY AND EACH HOLDER OF AN OPTION TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK (A "COMPANY STOCK OPTION") SHALL ENTER INTO AN OPTION TERMINATION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT OR OPTION TERMINATION AGREEMENT, AS THE CASE MAY BE. THE OPTIONHOLDERS LISTED IN SCHEDULE 3.3 WILL BE PARTIES TO AN OPTION TERMINATION AGREEMENT. ALL OTHER OPTIONHOLDERS WILL BE PARTIES TO AN OPTION TERMINATION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, AND WILL BE ISSUED NON-TRANSFERABLE, FULLY-VESTED PURCHASER STOCK OPTIONS UPON ASSUMPTION OF 50% OF THE COMPANY STOCK OPTIONS HELD BY SUCH OPTIONHOLDER, CONTAINING SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE UNDER SUCH COMPANY STOCK OPTIONS, AND THE NUMBER OF SHARES OF PURCHASER COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE AND THE EXERCISE PRICE SHALL BE AS SET FORTH IN THE OPTION TERMINATION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENTS. UPON THE CLOSING, THE COMPANY'S STOCK OPTION PLAN SHALL BE TERMINATED. THE PURCHASER SHALL FILE A REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON AN APPROPRIATE FORM AND CAUSE THE SAME TO BECOME EFFECTIVE PRIOR TO CLOSING WITH RESPECT TO THE ISSUANCE OF THE PURCHASER COMMON STOCK WHICH MAY BE ACQUIRED UPON EXERCISE OF THE PURCHASER STOCK OPTIONS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE OPTION TERMINATION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENTS. EACH COMPANY OPTIONHOLDER SHALL BE A THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY OF THE AGREEMENTS SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 3.3(a), AND SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO ENFORCE PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER. ARTICLE IV CLOSING AND CLOSING DELIVERIES SECTION 4.1 THE CLOSING. The closing of the sale and purchase of the Shares (the "Closing") will take place at the offices of Porter & Hedges, L.L.P. located at 700 Louisiana, Houston, Texas, at 10:00 a.m., local time, three Business Days after satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to Closing set forth in Article IX, unless the parties agree in writing to change the Closing to another time, date or place. The date upon which the Closing occurs is herein called the "Closing Date." Except as provided in the following sentence, the Closing will be deemed effective for accounting and all other purposes as of 11:59 p.m., Houston time, on the day - 9 - immediately preceding the Closing Date. The Purchaser and the Sellers agree that all transactions occurring on the Closing Date shall be reported on the Company's consolidated Tax Return to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(A). SECTION 4.2 DELIVERIES OF THE SELLERS. At the Closing, the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Purchaser: (i) original stock certificates representing the Shares, together with such instruments of assignment, conveyance and transfer as the Purchaser may deem necessary or desirable, duly executed by the Sellers; (ii) a certificate of the chief executive officer of the Company confirming compliance with the condition set forth in Section 9.1(a) as it relates to the Company; (iii) a certificate of the secretary of each Company and Subsidiary certifying as to each such company's certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other comparable documents; (iv) a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Company as required by Section 3.1(a) hereof; (v) evidence or copies of the consents, approvals, orders, qualifications or waivers required by any third party or Governmental Authority to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that are listed in Schedule 5.4; (vi) each Ancillary Agreement required to be executed and delivered by parties other than the Purchaser or its Affiliates, including the Escrow Agreement; (vii) an opinion of counsel for the Company, Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP, with respect to the matters set forth in Exhibit C, and as to enforceability with respect to each Seller that is not a natural person, and legal opinions from counsel for each Seller that is not a natural person with respect to the due authorization of the Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements; (viii) resignations of the members of the board of directors of the Company and each Subsidiary; (ix) documentation evidencing the conversion into Company common stock of all outstanding Series A Senior Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Senior Convertible Preferred Stock; and (x) such other documents and instruments, including a secretary's certificate (or comparable certificate) with respect to the corporate or other action taken by each Seller in connection herewith, as may be reasonably required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to comply with the terms hereof and thereof. (ix) documentation evidencing the conversion into Company common stock of all outstanding Series A Senior Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Senior Convertible Preferred Stock; and (x) such other documents and instruments, including a secretary's certificate (or comparable certificate) with respect to the corporate or other action taken by each Seller in connection herewith, as may be reasonably required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to comply with the terms hereof and thereof. - 10 - SECTION 4.3 DELIVERIES BY THE PURCHASER. At the Closing, the Purchaser will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Sellers: (i) the Closing Cash Consideration (less $4,045,247 of the Escrow Amount) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified pursuant to Section 3.1; (ii) a certificate of the chief executive officer of the Purchaser confirming the Purchaser's compliance with the condition set forth in Section 9.2(a); (iii) each Ancillary Agreement required or contemplated to be duly authorized and delivered by the Purchaser or its Affiliates; and (iv) such other documents and instruments as may be reasonably required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and to comply with the terms hereof and thereof. ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS AND THE COMPANY The Company represents and warrants to the Purchaser as of the date hereof and the Closing Date with respect to each of the following matters, and each Seller represents and warrants, severally as to each such Seller and as to itself only, with respect to the matters set forth in Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 and 5.5 as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as follows: SECTION 5.1 CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND POWER. The Company and its Subsidiaries are corporations duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their jurisdictions of organization. The Company and its Subsidiaries have all corporate power required to carry on the Business as now conducted. The Company and its Subsidiaries are duly qualified to conduct business as foreign corporations and are in good standing in each jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has previously delivered or made available to the Purchaser true and complete copies of the charter documents and bylaws of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case as amended to date. SECTION 5.2 AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABILITY. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Sellers of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party at the Closing are, and will be at the Closing, within each party's powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary actions, and no other action on the part of any such party is necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to which any such party will be a party at the Closing. This Agreement has been, and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company or any Seller will be a party at the Closing will have been, duly executed and delivered by such party, as applicable. Assuming the due execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company or any Seller will be a party at the Closing, this Agreement constitutes, and each Ancillary Agreement to which the Company or any Seller will be a party at the Closing will constitute at the Closing, valid and binding agreements of such party, as applicable, - 11 - enforceable against each in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity). SECTION 5.3 GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATION. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.3, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Sellers of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which the Company or the Sellers will be a party at the Closing require no consent, approval, order, authorization or action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority. SECTION 5.4 NON-CONTRAVENTION; CONSENTS. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.4, the execution, delivery and performance by the Company and the Sellers of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which the Company or the Sellers will be a party at the Closing, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not at the Closing (a) violate the charter documents or bylaws of the Company or any Subsidiary, (b) violate any applicable Law or Order, (c) require any filing with or consent or approval of, or the giving of any prior notice to, any Person (including filings, consents or approvals required under any Permits of the Company or any licenses to which the Company is a party), (d) result in a violation or breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of the Company, under any Contract, or other material agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any license, franchise, Permit or other similar authorization held by the Company, or (e) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of the Company. SECTION 5.5 CAPITALIZATION. (a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 10,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of which 1,550,379 are issued and outstanding, and 980,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share, 500,000 of which have been designated Series A Senior Convertible Preferred Stock, 481,696 of which are issued and outstanding, and 480,000 of which have been designated Series B Senior Convertible Preferred Stock, all of which are issued and outstanding. The Shares are owned of record by the Sellers in the amounts as set forth on Schedule 5.5. All of the Shares are duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and were issued free of preemptive rights in compliance with applicable corporate and securities laws. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5, there are no options, warrants, purchase rights, subscription rights, conversion rights, exchange rights, convertible securities or other rights, agreement, arrangements or commitments of any character relating to the Shares or obligating the Company to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding any shares of capital stock. There are no outstanding contractual obligations of the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of, or equity interests in, the Company or to provide funds to, or make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in, any other Person. The Shares and the options disclosed on Schedule 5.5 constitute all of the equity interests in the Company and, in the case of the Shares, are owned of record by the Sellers in the respective - 12 - amounts set forth on Schedule 5.5 hereof, free and clear of all Liens. Upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Purchaser will acquire good, valid and indefeasible title to the Shares, free and clear of all Liens. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.5, there are no voting trusts, agreements, proxies or other understandings in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of any of the Shares. There are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock participation or similar rights with respect to the Company. (b) The stock register of the Company accurately records: (i) the name and address of each Person owning Shares of record, and (ii) the certificate number of each certificate evidencing Shares, the number of shares evidenced by each such certificate, the date of issuance thereof and, in the case of cancellation, the date of cancellation. SECTION 5.6 SUBSIDIARIES. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.6, the Company does not own any Capital Stock in any corporation, partnership, association, trust, joint venture or other entity. SECTION 5.7 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. (a) The Company heretofore furnished the Purchaser with a true and complete copy of the Reference Financial Statements which are attached hereto as Schedule 5.7. The Reference Financial Statements have been derived from the books and records of the Company, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for, with respect to the Reference Balance Sheet and the related statement of income, normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnote disclosure) and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company at the respective dates thereof and the results of the operations of the Company for the periods indicated. (b) The books of account, minute books, stock record books and other records of the Company, all of which have been made available to the Purchaser, are complete and correct in all material respects. SECTION 5.8 NO UNDISCLOSED LIABILITIES. There are no liabilities, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, of the Company other than (a) liabilities fully provided for in the Reference Financial Statements, (b) liabilities specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.8, and (c) other undisclosed liabilities incurred since the Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course of Business which could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. SECTION 5.9 TAX MATTERS. (a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.9(a): (i) all Returns for all periods which end prior to or which include the Closing Date that are, were or shall be required to be filed prior to Closing by or on behalf of the Company have been or shall be filed on a timely basis in accordance with the applicable laws of each Governmental Authority; - 13 - (ii) all such Returns that have been filed were, when filed, and continue to be, true, correct and complete in all material respects, and all such Returns that will be filed shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects when filed; (iii) the Company has paid, or made adequate provision in the Reference Financial Statements for the payment of all of its Taxes that have or may become due for all periods which end on or before the Closing Date, including all Taxes reflected on the Returns referred to in this Section 5.9, or to the Company's knowledge, or that are included or reflected in any assessment, proposed assessment or notice, either formal or informal, received by the Company from any Governmental Authority; (iv) the unpaid Taxes of the Company (A) did not as of the Balance Sheet Date exceed the reserve for Tax liabilities (rather than the reserve for deferred Taxes to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) on the books of the Company at that time, and (B) as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing, will not exceed the reserve for Tax liabilities (rather than the reserve for deferred Taxes to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth on the Reference Financial Statements; (v) no claim has ever been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company does not file Returns that the Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction; (vi) all Taxes that the Company was or is required by Law to withhold or collect have been duly withheld or collected and, to the extent required, have been timely paid to the appropriate Governmental Authorities; (vii) there are no Liens with respect to Taxes on the assets of the Company, other than Permitted Liens; (viii) no adjustment relating to such Returns has been proposed formally or, to the Company's knowledge, informally or threatened by any Tax authority; (ix) there are no pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened actions or proceedings for the assessment or collection of Taxes against the Company; (x) the period for assessment for federal and state income Taxes of the Company is closed for Tax periods beginning before July 1, 2000; (xi) neither the Company, the Sellers nor any of their Affiliates is a party to any agreement or arrangement that has resulted in or would result, separately or in the aggregate, in the actual or deemed payment by the Company of any "excess parachute payments" within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code; - 14 - (xii) no acceleration of the vesting schedule for any property that is substantially unvested within the meaning of the regulations under Section 83 will occur in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (xiii) the Company has never been included in any consolidated, combined or unitary Return and has no liability for any Taxes of any Person (other than the Company) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or similar provisions of state, local or foreign law) as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise; (xiv) the Company has not been at any time a member of any partnership or joint venture or the holder of a beneficial interest in any trust for any period for which the statute of limitations for any relevant Tax has not expired; (xv) the Company is not doing business in or engaged in a trade or business in any jurisdiction in which it has not filed any applicable income or franchise Return; (xvi) the Company has maintained such records in respect of each transaction, event and item (including as required to support otherwise allowable deductions and losses) as are required under all applicable Tax Laws; (xvii) the Company did not file a consent under Code Section 341(f) prior to its repeal; (xviii) the Company is not a party to or bound by any Tax allocation or Tax-Sharing Agreement and has no current or, to the knowledge of the Company, potential contractual obligation to indemnify any other Person with respect to any Tax; (xix) no assets of the Company or any Subsidiary are or shall be required to be treated as being owned by another Person pursuant to the provisions of Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended and in effect immediately before the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, or is "tax-exempt property" within the meaning of Section 168(h)(1) of the Code; (xx) the Company has disclosed on its Returns all positions taken therein that could give rise to a substantial understatement of Tax within the meaning of Code Section 6662; (xxi) the Company has not participated in listed transactions required to be disclosed under Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4; (xxii) there are no proposed reassessments of any property owned or leased by the Company or other proposals that are reasonably likely to materially increase the amount of any Tax to which the Company would be subject; - 15 - (xxiii) the Company has not agreed to make, and is not required to make, adjustments under Section 481(a) of the Code by reason of a change in accounting method or otherwise, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the Company being required to make any such adjustments following the Closing Date; (xxiv) the Company uses the accrual method of accounting for Tax accounting purposes; (xxv) the Company is not the subject of or bound by any private letter ruling, technical advice memorandum, closing agreement or similar ruling, memorandum or agreement with any taxing authority; (xxvi) the Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (A) "closing agreement" as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, and (B) deferred intercompany gain or excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law); (xxvii) the Company has not undergone an "ownership change" as defined pursuant to Section 382(g) of the Code; (xxviii) any reference to the Company shall, for purposes of this Section 5.9, refer equally to any predecessor of the Company; and (xxix) the Company is not a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) during the applicable period specified in Code Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii). (b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.9(b): (i) there are no outstanding waivers or agreements extending the statute of limitations for any period with respect to any Tax to which the Company may be subject nor have any such waivers or agreements been requested; (ii) to the Sellers' knowledge, there are no requests for information currently outstanding that could affect the Taxes of the Company; and (iii) no power of attorney that is currently in force has been granted with respect to any matter relating to Taxes that could affect the Company. (c) Schedule 5.9 (c) lists all Returns filed with respect to the Company for all taxable periods since the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000 and specifies the jurisdictions in which each such Return has been filed, and indicates any Returns that currently are the subject of audit, and the Company has delivered or made available to the Purchaser correct and complete copies of all such Returns since the fiscal year ended June 30, 2000, and of any examination reports and any statements of deficiencies proposed to be assessed against, or agreed to by the Company. - 16 - SECTION 5.10 ABSENCE OF CERTAIN CHANGES. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.10, since the Balance Sheet Date, the Company has conducted the Business in the Ordinary Course of Business and there has not been any event, occurrence, development or circumstances which (a) has had or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (b) would have constituted a violation of any covenants of the Sellers or the Company hereunder (including Section 7.1) had such covenant applied to it since the Balance Sheet Date. Since the Balance Sheet Date, there has not occurred any damage, destruction or casualty loss (whether or not covered by insurance) with respect to any material asset owned or operated by the Company. SECTION 5.11 CONTRACTS. (a) Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.11(a), the Company is not a party to or bound by any lease, agreement, contract, commitment or other legally binding contractual right or obligation (whether written or oral) (collectively, "Contracts") that is of a type described below: (i) any lease (whether of real or personal property), including the leases disclosed or required to be disclosed on Schedule 5.15(b), that provide for annual rental payments by the Company of $250,000 or more; (ii) any agreement for the purchase of materials, supplies, goods, services, equipment or other assets that provides for aggregate payments by the Company of $250,000 or more that may not be terminated by the Company without payment of penalty on 90 days or fewer notice; (iii) any sales, distribution or other similar agreement providing for the sale by the Company of materials, supplies, goods, services, equipment or other assets that provides for aggregate payments to the Company of $250,000 or more that may not be terminated by the Company without payment of penalty on 90 days or fewer notice; (iv) any partnership, joint venture or other similar agreement or arrangement; (v) any Contract pursuant to which any third party has rights to use any material asset of the Company, including any Intellectual Property Right of the Company; (vi) any agreement relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) or granting to any Person a right of first refusal, first offer or other right to purchase any of the material assets of the Company; (vii) any agreement relating to Indebtedness (in any case, whether incurred, assumed, guaranteed or secured by any asset of the Company) other than accruals recorded in the Ordinary Course of Business; (viii) any license, franchise or similar agreement; - 17 - (ix) any agency, dealer, sales representative, marketing or other similar agreement; (x) any agreement with (A) any stockholder of the Company or any other Affiliate of the Company or (B) any director or officer of the Company or with any "associate" or any member of the "immediate family" (as such terms are respectively defined in Rules 12b-2 and 16a-1 of the Exchange Act) of any such director or officer; (xi) any management service, consulting or any other similar type of agreement; (xii) any warranty, guaranty or other similar undertaking with respect to any contractual performance (or the Company's standard forms of any of the foregoing) or agreement to indemnify any Person, in any case (A) given or undertaken in connection with an arrangement described in clause (iii) above and (B) not set forth in the Contract governing such arrangement; (xiii) any employment, deferred compensation, severance, bonus, retirement or other similar agreement or plan in effect as of the date hereof (including in respect of any advances or loans to any employees other than travel or similar advances in the Ordinary Course of Business) and entered into or adopted by the Company; or (xiv) any other agreement, commitment, arrangement or plan that is material, or could reasonably be expected to be material, to the Company or the Business. (b) Each Contract disclosed in or required to be disclosed in Schedule 5.11(a) is a valid and binding agreement of the Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, each other party thereto, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity). Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to any such Contract is in default or breach (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) in any material respect under the terms of any such Contract. The Company has delivered or made available to the Purchaser true and complete originals or copies of all Contracts disclosed in or required to be disclosed in Schedule 5.11(a). SECTION 5.12 INSURANCE COVERAGE. Schedule 5.12 contains a list of all of the insurance policies and fidelity bonds covering the assets, Business, operations, employees, officers and directors of the Company. There is no material claim by the Company pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies or bonds. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid, and the Company has complied with the terms and conditions of all such policies and bonds. Such policies of insurance and bonds (or other policies and bonds - 18 - providing substantially similar insurance coverage) are in full force and effect. The Company has no knowledge of any threatened termination of, or premium increase with respect to, any of such policies or bonds. SECTION 5.13 LITIGATION. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.13, there is no action, suit, investigation, arbitration or administrative or other proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against the Company before any court or arbitrator or any Governmental Authority or which in any manner challenges or seeks to prevent, enjoin, alter or materially delay the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any Ancillary Agreements to which the Company or a Seller will be a party at Closing. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.13, there are no outstanding judgments, orders, injunctions, decrees, stipulations or awards (whether rendered by a court, administrative agency, arbitral body or Governmental Authority) against the Company or the Sellers (with respect to the Shares or the Business). SECTION 5.14 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS; PERMITS. (a) Except as described in Schedule 5.14(a), the Company has complied with all Laws in all material respects. Neither the use, condition nor other aspect of any of the assets of the Business or other right, property or asset used in or associated with the Business is or has been in violation of any applicable Law in any material respect. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.14(a), the Company has not received notice of any violation of any Law, or any potential liability under any Law, relating to the operation of the Business or to any of its assets, operations, processes, results or products. (b) Schedule 5.14(b) sets forth a list of each government or regulatory license, authorization, permit, franchise, consent and approval issued and held by or on behalf of the Company or required to be so issued and held to carry on the Business as currently conducted (the "Permits"). Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.14(b), the Company is the authorized legal holder of the Permits, and each Permit is valid and in full force and effect. The Company is not in default under, and no condition exists that with notice or lapse of time or both could constitute a default or could give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under, any Permit held by the Company. SECTION 5.15 ASSETS; PROPERTIES; SUFFICIENCY OF ASSETS. (a) Except for assets disposed of in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company, the Company has good title to, or in the case of leased property has valid leasehold interests in, the property and assets (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible) reflected in the Reference Balance Sheet or acquired after the date thereof, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens and Liens disclosed in Schedule 5.15(a). (b) The Company owns no Real Property assets. Schedule 5.15(b) sets forth a list of all real property assets leased by the Company (the "Real Property"). The Company is a tenant or possessor in good standing thereunder and all rents due under such leases have been paid. Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party to any such lease is in default or breach (with or without due notice or - 19 - lapse of time or both) in any material respect under the terms of any such lease. The Company is in peaceful and undisturbed possession of the space and/or estate under each lease of which it is a tenant. The Company has not received any notice of any appropriation, condemnation or like proceeding, or of any violation of any applicable zoning Law or Order relating to or affecting the Real Property, and to the Company's knowledge, no such proceeding has been threatened or commenced. To the Company's knowledge, each item of Real Property has adequate Utilities (as hereinafter defined) of a capacity and condition to serve adequately such Real Property (with due regard for the use to which such Real Property is presently being put). For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Utilities" means all of the following: water distribution and service facilities; sanitary sewers and associated installations; storm sewers; storm retention ponds and other drainage facilities; electrical distribution and service facilities; telephone, and similar communication facilities; heating, ventilating, cooling and air conditioning systems and facilities; natural gas distribution and service facilities; fire protection facilities; and all other utility lines, conduit, pipes, ducts, shafts, equipment, apparatus and facilities. (c) The tangible personal property of the Company, taken as a whole, is in all material respects in good repair and operating condition (subject to normal maintenance requirements and normal wear and tear excepted). SECTION 5.16 INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY. (a) Schedule 5.16(a) sets forth a list of all Intellectual Property Rights which are owned by the Company or which the Company is a licensor or licensee, and all material licenses, sublicenses and other written agreements as to which the Company or any of its Affiliates is a party and pursuant to which any Person is authorized to use such Intellectual Property Right, including the identity of all parties thereto. (b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.16(b): (i) All of the Intellectual Property Rights that are material to the conduct of the Business are set forth in Schedule 5.16(a). (ii) The conduct of the Business by the Company as currently conducted does not infringe upon any Intellectual Property Right of any third party. There is no claim, suit, action or proceeding that is either pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, that, in either case, involves a claim of infringement by the Company of any Intellectual Property Right of any third party, or challenging the Company's ownership, right to use, or the validity of any Intellectual Property Right listed or required to be listed in Schedule 5.16(a). The Company has no knowledge of any basis for any such claim of infringement and no knowledge of any continuing infringement by any other Person of any of the Intellectual Property Rights listed or required to be listed in Schedule 5.16(a); (iii) No Intellectual Property Right listed or required to be listed in Schedule 5.16(a) is subject to any outstanding order, judgment, decree, stipulation - 20 - or agreement restricting the use thereof by the Company or restricting the licensing thereof by the Company to any Person, other than with respect to standard and customary restrictions associated with commercially available third party software to which the Company has a valid right to use in connection with the Business; (iv) The Company has not entered into any agreement to indemnify any other Person against any charge of infringement of any Intellectual Property Right; and (v) The Company has duly maintained all registrations for any Intellectual Property Rights listed or required to be listed in Schedule 5.16(a). SECTION 5.17 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. (a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.17(a): (i) The Company has not, and to the Company's knowledge no other party has, generated, recycled, used, treated or stored on, transported to or from, or Released or disposed on, the Property any Constituents of Concern or, to the knowledge of the Company, on any property adjoining or adjacent to any Property, except in compliance with Environmental Laws; (ii) The Company has not disposed of Constituents of Concern from the Property at any off-site facility except in compliance with Environmental Laws; (iii) The Company has been and is in compliance with (a) Environmental Laws and (b) the requirements of Permits issued under such Environmental Laws with respect to the Property; (iv) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened Environmental Claims against the Company or any Property; (v) There are no underground storage tanks or sumps located on any Property or, to the Company's knowledge, on any property that adjoins or is adjacent to any Property; (vi) Neither the Company nor any Property is listed or, to the knowledge of the Company, proposed for listing on the National Priorities List under CERCLA or on any similar federal, state or foreign list of sites requiring investigation or clean-up, and the Company has not received any requests for information pursuant to 104(e) of CERCLA or any state counterpart or equivalent; (vii) The Company has obtained all Environmental Permits required to be obtained by it and is in compliance with the terms of each Environmental Permit. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.17(a)(vii), there are no Environmental - 21 - Permits of the Company that are nontransferable or require consent, notification or other action to remain in full force and effect following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and (viii) The Company has no liability under any Environmental Law to remediate any Environmental Condition. (b) The Company has delivered or made available to the Purchaser true and complete copies of all environmental investigations, studies, audits, tests, reviews or other analyses commenced or conducted by or on behalf of the Company. SECTION 5.18 PLANS AND MATERIAL DOCUMENTS. (a) Schedule 5.18(a) sets forth a list of all Benefit Plans with respect to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate has or within the six years prior to the date hereof had any obligation or liability or which are or were within the six years prior to the date hereof maintained, contributed to or sponsored by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate. With respect to each Benefit Plan subject to ERISA, the Company has delivered or made available to the Purchaser a true and complete copy of each such Benefit Plan (including all amendments thereto) and a true and complete copy of each material document (including all amendments thereto) prepared in connection with each such Benefit Plan including (i) a copy of each trust or other funding arrangement, (ii) each summary plan description and summary of material modifications, (iii) the most recently filed IRS Form 5500 for each such Benefit Plan, if any, and (iv) the most recent determination letter referred to in Section 5.18(d). The Company has no express or implied commitment to create, incur liability with respect to or cause to exist any Benefit Plan or to modify any Benefit Plan, other than as required by Law. (b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.18(b), none of the Benefit Plans is a plan that is or has ever been subject to Title IV of ERISA, Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code. None of the Benefit Plans is a "multiemployer plan" as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.18(b), none of the Benefit Plans provides for the payment of separation, severance, termination or similar-type benefits to any Person or provides for or, except to the extent required by Law, promises retiree medical or life insurance benefits to any current or former employee, officer or director of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate. (c) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.18(c), each Benefit Plan is in material compliance with, and has been operated in material compliance with, its terms and the ERISA Affiliates have satisfied in all material respects all of their statutory, regulatory and contractual obligations with respect to each such Benefit Plan. No legal action, suit or claim is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any Benefit Plan (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course). (d) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.18(d), each Benefit Plan or trust which is intended to be qualified or exempt from taxation under Section 401(a) or 501(a) of the - 22 - Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS that it is so qualified or exempt. (e) There has been no non-exempt prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to any Benefit Plan. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any liability for any excise tax arising under the Code with respect to a Benefit Plan. (f) All contributions, premiums or payments required to be made with respect to any Benefit Plan have been made on or before their due dates. For completed plan years of such Benefit Plans, all such contributions have been fully deducted for income tax purposes and no such deduction has been challenged or disallowed by any Governmental Authority. (g) There has been no amendment to, written interpretation of or announcement (whether or not written) by the Company relating to, or change in employee participation or coverage under, any Benefit Plan that would increase materially the expense of maintaining such Benefit Plan above the level of the expense incurred in respect thereto for the most recent fiscal year ended prior to the date hereof. (h) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.18(h), no employee or former employee of the Company will become entitled to any bonus, retirement, severance, job security or similar benefit or an enhancement of such benefit (including acceleration of vesting or exercise of an incentive award) as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 5.19 AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS. (a) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.19(a), there are no outstanding payables, receivables, loans, advances and other similar accounts between the Company, on the one hand, and any of its Affiliates (other than Subsidiaries), on the other hand, relating to the Business. (b) Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.19(b), to the knowledge of the Company, no director, officer or employee of the Company possesses, directly or indirectly, any ownership interest in, or is a director, officer or employee of, any Person which is a supplier, customer, lessor, lessee, licensor, or competitor of the Company. Ownership of 1% or less of any class of securities of a Person whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act will not be deemed to be an ownership interest for purposes of this Section 5.19(b). SECTION 5.20 CUSTOMER, SUPPLIER AND EMPLOYEE RELATIONS. Schedule 5.20 includes a complete and correct list of (a) all customers of the Business who have made aggregate purchases in excess of 5% of the total revenues of the Company to date in fiscal year 2004 and (b) all suppliers from whom the Company has purchased in excess of $100,000 in equipment or supplies to date in fiscal year 2004. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.20, none of such customers, suppliers or employees has canceled, terminated or otherwise materially altered or - 23 - notified the Company of any intention to cancel, terminate or materially alter its relationship with the Company since the Balance Sheet Date. SECTION 5.21 OTHER EMPLOYMENT MATTERS. (a) The Company is not a party to any labor or collective bargaining agreement. (b) No labor organization or group of Company employees has made a pending demand for recognition, there are no representation proceedings or petitions seeking a representation proceeding presently pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to be brought or filed with the National Labor Relations Board or other labor relations tribunal, and there is no organizing activity involving the Company pending or, to the knowledge of the Sellers, threatened by any labor organization or group of employees. (c) There are no (i) strikes, work stoppages, slow-downs, lockouts or arbitrations or (ii) grievances or other labor disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the Company. (d) There are no complaints, charges or claims against the Company pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened to be brought or filed with any Governmental Authority based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment by the Company, of any Person, including any claim for workers' compensation. (e) The Company is in material compliance with all Laws and Orders in respect of employment and employment practices and the terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, and has not, and is not, engaged in any unfair labor practice. (f) Schedule 5.21(f) contains a complete and accurate list of the following information for each employee, officer or director of the Company, including each employee on leave of absence or layoff status: employer; name; job title; current compensation paid or payable and any change in compensation since the Balance Sheet Date; vacation accrued as of a recent date; and all bonuses and any other amounts to be paid by the Company at or in connection with the Closing. (g) Except as set forth in Schedule 5.21(g), to the knowledge of the Company, no employee, officer or director of the Company is a party to, or is otherwise bound by, any confidentiality, non-competition, proprietary rights agreement or similar agreement that would affect (i) the performance of his or her duties as an employee, officer or director or (ii) the ability of the Purchaser to conduct the Business after the Closing Date. SECTION 5.22 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.22, all of the Accounts Receivable reflected on the Reference Balance Sheet (net of any applicable reserves set forth on the Reference Balance Sheet) and all Accounts Receivable which have arisen since the Balance Sheet Date (net of any additional applicable reserves established since such date in - 24 - the Ordinary Course of Business) are valid and enforceable claims, and the goods and services sold and delivered which gave rise to such Accounts Receivable were sold and delivered in the Ordinary Course of Business. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.22, such Accounts Receivable are subject to no defenses, offsets or recovery in whole or in part by the Persons whose purchase gave rise to such Accounts Receivable or by third parties and are fully collectible within 120 days of the invoice date of each such Account Receivable without resort to legal proceedings, except to the extent of the amount of the reserve for doubtful accounts reflected on the Reference Balance Sheet. SECTION 5.23 FINDERS' FEES. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.23, the cost of which shall be the responsibility of the Company, there is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of the Company or the Sellers who might be entitled to any fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements. SECTION 5.24 DISCLOSURE. None of (i) the information contained in the Schedules, or (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company or the Sellers contained in this Agreement contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were or are made, not false or misleading. ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Sellers as of the date hereof and the Closing Date as follows: SECTION 6.1 CORPORATE EXISTENCE AND POWER. The Purchaser is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Purchaser has all corporate power required to carry on its business as now conducted. The Purchaser is duly qualified to conduct business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where such qualification is necessary. SECTION 6.2 CORPORATE AUTHORIZATION; ENFORCEABILITY. The execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it will be a party at the Closing are, and will be at the Closing, within the Purchaser's corporate power and have been duly authorized by the board of directors of the Purchaser and no other corporate action on the part of the Purchaser is necessary to authorize this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Purchaser will be a party at the Closing. This Agreement has been, and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Purchaser will be a party at the Closing will have been, duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser. Assuming the due execution and delivery by the Company and the Sellers of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Purchaser will be a party at the Closing, this Agreement constitutes, and each Ancillary Agreement to which the Purchaser will be a party at the Closing will constitute at the Closing, valid and binding agreements of the Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting enforcement - 25 - of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity). SECTION 6.3 NON-CONTRAVENTION. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.3, the execution, delivery and performance by the Purchaser of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which the Purchaser will be a party at the Closing do not and will not at the Closing (a) violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws or other similar constituent documents of the Purchaser, (b) violate any applicable Law or Order, (c) require any filing with or Permit, consent or approval of, or the giving of any notice to, any Person (including filings, consents or approvals required under any Permits of the Purchaser or any licenses to which the Purchaser is a party), or (d) result in a violation of or breach of, conflict with, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of the Purchaser or to a loss of any benefit to which the Purchaser is entitled under, any material contract, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Purchaser or any license, franchise, Permit or other similar authorization held by the Purchaser. SECTION 6.4 FINDERS' FEES. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.4, the cost of which shall be the responsibility of the Purchasers, there is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary which has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of the Purchaser who might be entitled to any fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements. SECTION 6.5 INVESTMENT. The Purchaser has had access to and received information from the Company concerning the business and operations of the Company, as requested by the Purchaser. The Purchaser represents that it is acquiring the Shares for investment purposes only, and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof. SECTION 6.6 SEC FILINGS. The Purchaser has timely filed with the SEC all documents required to be filed by it since December 31, 2001, and has made available to the Company and the Sellers each registration statement, report, proxy statement or information statement (other than preliminary materials) it has so filed since December 31, 2001, each in the form (including exhibits and any amendments thereto) filed with the SEC (collectively, the "Purchaser's SEC Filings"). As of their respective dates, each of the Purchaser's SEC Filings (a) was prepared in all material respects in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and (b) did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading except for such statements, if any, as have been modified by subsequent filings with the SEC prior to the date hereof. Each of the consolidated balance sheets included in or incorporated by reference into the Purchaser's SEC Filings (including the related notes and schedules) fairly presents in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Purchaser as of its date, and each of the consolidated statements of income, cash flows and changes in stockholders' equity included in or incorporated by reference into the Purchaser's SEC Filings (including any related notes and schedules) fairly presents in all material respects the results of operations, cash flows or changes in stockholders' equity, as the case may be, of the Purchaser for the periods set forth therein (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to - 26 - (i) such exceptions as may be permitted by Form 10-Q of the SEC and (ii) normal year-end audit adjustments), in each case in accordance with GAAP consistently applied during the periods involved, except as may be noted therein. SECTION 6.7 MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE. Since December 31, 2003, there has been no event or condition of any character (whether actual, or to the knowledge of Purchaser, threatened or contemplated) that has had or can reasonably be anticipated to have, or that, if concluded or sustained adversely to the Purchaser, would reasonably be anticipated to have, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or assets of the Purchaser. ARTICLE VII CERTAIN COVENANTS SECTION 7.1 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY. During the period from the date of this Agreement to the Closing Date, the Company will conduct its operations only in the Ordinary Course of Business and use its reasonable commercial efforts to: (i) preserve intact its business organizations, (ii) keep available the services of its officers and employees, and (iii) maintain its relationships and goodwill with licensors, suppliers, distributors, customers, landlords, employees, agents and others having business relationships with the Company or the Business. The Company will confer with the Purchaser concerning operational matters of a material nature and report periodically to the Purchaser concerning the Business, operations and finances of the Company. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, prior to the Closing Date, except with the prior written consent of the Purchaser or as contemplated under this Agreement, the Company will not: (a) Change any salaries or other compensation of, or, except for the payment of monthly performance bonuses to eligible employees made in the Ordinary Course of Business, pay any bonuses to, any current or former director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company, or enter into any employment, severance or similar agreement with any current or former director, officer, stockholder or employee of the Company; provided, however, that the compensation of employees of the Company receiving annual compensation of less than $75,000 may be changed in the Ordinary Course of Business of the Company; (b) Adopt or increase any benefits under any profit sharing, bonus, deferred compensation, savings, insurance, pension, retirement or other Benefit Plan for or with any of its employees; (c) Enter into any contract or commitment, except for contracts and commitments entered into by the Company in the Ordinary Course of Business; (d) Modify or amend in any material respect or terminate any Contract listed or required to be listed in Schedule 5.11(a); (e) Enter into any transaction or commitment relating to the assets of the Company or the Business, except for transactions or commitments entered into by the Company in the Ordinary Course of Business, or cancel or waive any claim or right - 27 - which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to be material to the Company; (f) Make any change in accounting methods or practices (including changes in reserve or accrual policies); (g) Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any material asset or property; (h) Create or assume any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien; (i) Incur any Indebtedness (other than (A) in the Ordinary Course of Business, (B) to finance costs and expenses incurred in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby or (C) to finance payment in cash of all accrued dividends and accrued interest thereon upon the conversion into Company common stock of all outstanding Series A Senior Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Senior Convertible Preferred Stock under the Company's revolving credit facility); (j) Make any dividend or distribution to the Company's stockholders; (k) Terminate or close any facility, business or operation of the Company; (l) Settle, release or forgive any claim or litigation or waive any right thereto; or (m) Agree to do any of the foregoing; provided, however, the Company may agree with eligible senior managers that an annual performance bonus of $800,000 in the aggregate has been earned, the payment of which shall be an obligation of Purchaser to be made at such time after the Closing when Purchaser determines in good faith that such payment would not materially adversely affect the operating cash needs of the Company after the Closing, but in no event later than September 30, 2004. SECTION 7.2 EXCLUSIVE DEALING. During the period from the date of this Agreement to the earlier of the Closing Date or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, each Seller will not and the Company will not, and the Company will not authorize or direct any officer or director of the Company or any of their respective Affiliates, or any representative of any of the foregoing (including financial advisors, investment bankers, agents, attorneys, employees or consultants) to, take any action to, directly or indirectly, encourage, initiate, solicit or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide any information to any Person, or enter into any agreement with any Person, other than the Purchaser (and its Affiliates and representatives), concerning any purchase of any Capital Stock of the Company or any merger, asset sale or similar transaction involving the Company or that would frustrate the purposes of this Agreement. The Company and each Seller will disclose to the Purchaser the existence or occurrence of any proposal (written or oral) or contact which it may receive in respect of any such transaction and the identity of the Person from whom such a proposal or contact is received. - 28 - SECTION 7.3 REVIEW OF THE COMPANY; CONFIDENTIALITY. (a) The Purchaser may, prior to the Closing Date, directly or through its representatives, review the properties, books and records of the Company and its financial and legal condition to the extent it deems necessary or advisable to familiarize itself with such properties and other matters. The Company will permit the Purchaser and its representatives to have reasonable access to the premises of the Company and to all the books and records of the Company and to cause the officers, accountants and other representatives of the Company to furnish the Purchaser with such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the Business and properties of the Company as the Purchaser may from time to time reasonably request. (b) Prior to the Closing, none of the Company, the Sellers or the Purchaser will, or will permit any of its Affiliates to, without the prior written consent of the other, disclose to any other Person (other than such Person's financing sources, existing stockholders and such Person's directors, officers, employees, advisors and other representatives that need to know) any proprietary, non-public information of another party previously delivered or made available to such other party in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (including the existence of and terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements), other than to the extent required by applicable Law and upon the advice of counsel. Each of the Company, the Sellers and the Purchaser will direct its financing sources, stockholders, directors, officers, employees and representatives to keep all such information in strict confidence; provided, however, that each such Person may disclose such information to the extent required by Law and upon the advice of counsel, including without limitation, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transaction contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. SECTION 7.4 HART-SCOTT-RODINO. (a) The parties hereto shall cooperate in good faith and take all actions reasonably necessary or appropriate to file, and expeditiously and diligently prosecute to a favorable conclusion, the HSR Forms required, if any, to be filed by each of them in connection herewith with the Federal Trade Commission and the Department of Justice pursuant to the HSR Act. In no event will the Purchaser or its Affiliates be required to (i) dispose of any assets or business or (ii) "hold separate" any assets or business, in order to obtain clearance under the HSR Act. (b) The parties hereto agree that from the date of this Agreement through the Closing Date, neither party nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates shall enter into any transaction with a third party or take any other action that would have the effect of impeding the ability to obtain HSR Act clearance, if required, for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 7.5 REASONABLE BEST EFFORTS. The Company, the Sellers and the Purchaser will cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all - 29 - appropriate actions, and to make, or cause to be made, all filings necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain, prior to the Closing Date, all licenses, Permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications and orders of Governmental Authorities and parties to Contracts with the Company as are necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and to fulfill the conditions to the sale contemplated hereby. The Purchaser will prepare and file with the SEC within 15 days of the date hereof a registration statement on an appropriate form to register shares of the Purchaser's common stock or other securities for sale to the public, with expected net proceeds in an amount at least sufficient to fund the payment of the Closing Cash Consideration hereunder, and thereafter the Purchaser will use its reasonable best efforts to have such registration statement declared effective at the earliest practicable date and to complete the offer and sale of the common stock or other securities covered thereby. The parties will pay or cause to be paid all of their own fees and expenses contemplated by this Section, including the fees and expenses of any broker, finder, financial advisor, underwriters, legal advisor or similar person engaged by such party. Each of the parties will notify and keep the other advised in reasonable detail as to such party's efforts in complying with its obligations under this Section 7.5. SECTION 7.6 BENEFITS OF COMPANY PERSONNEL AFTER THE CLOSING. The Purchaser will use its reasonable best efforts to cause to be provided as soon as practicable after the Closing Date for the employees of the Company immediately prior to the Closing Date the employee benefits then made available to employees of Purchaser; provided, however, that for purposes of any length of service requirements, waiting periods, affiliated periods or vesting periods, short-term disability benefits and vacation benefits, any period of employment of a former employee of the Company will be deemed equivalent to having been employed for that same period by the Purchaser. To the extent permitted under the applicable plan, policy, program or arrangement, former employees of the Company will receive credit for purposes of deductibles and co-payments for all amounts paid or payable by reasons of claims incurred by such employees and covered dependents during the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs, including claims that are not submitted or paid until the Closing Date, and the Purchaser will waive all limitations as to pre-existing condition exclusions. The Purchaser, at its discretion, may merge, terminate or partially terminate and partially merge any benefit plan of the Company into a comparable benefit plan of the Purchaser, provided that such decision will not delay the participation of former employees of the Company in the comparable benefit plan beyond the first entry date for such plan following the Closing Date. SECTION 7.7 INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS. From and after the Closing Date, the Purchaser will guarantee and will cause the Company to maintain and perform the Company's existing indemnification provisions with respect to present and former directors and officers of the Company for all losses, claims, damages, expenses or liabilities arising out of actions or omissions or alleged actions or omissions in their capacities as directors and/or officers occurring at or prior to the Closing to the extent required under the Company's articles of incorporation and by-laws in effect as of the date hereof and permitted under and consistent with applicable law, for a period of not less than six years after the Closing. SECTION 7.8 FURTHER ASSURANCES. From time to time, as and when requested by either party hereto, the other party will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all - 30 - such documents and instruments and will take, or cause to be taken, all such further actions, as the requesting party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 7.9 NON-SOLICITATION. Each Seller severally agrees with the Purchaser that during the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the date which is five years after the Closing Date, such Seller or any other Person, partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other business entity controlled by such Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of themselves, or any other Person, partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other business entity (i) solicit for employment (other than solicitations through the general media) or employ or retain in any other business relationship any Person who is an employee of the Company, except where such employee's employment has been terminated by the Company more than six months prior to the date of such solicitation; or (ii) influence or attempt to influence any employee of the Company to terminate his/her employment with or retention by the Company. ARTICLE VIII TAX MATTERS SECTION 8.1 TAX INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Sellers hereby agree, severally and not jointly or jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and the Company from and against the following Taxes and any loss, damage, liability or expense, including reasonable fees for attorneys and other outside consultants, incurred in contesting or otherwise in connection with any such Taxes or pursuing any claim hereunder: (i) Taxes imposed on the Company with respect to periods ending on or before the Closing Date, excluding Taxes which have been accrued or reserved for in the Reference Balance Sheet (without regard to any reserve for deferred Taxes which reflects timing differences between book and Tax income); (ii) with respect to taxable periods beginning before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date, Taxes imposed on the Company which are allocable, pursuant to Section 8.1(b), to the portion of such period ending on the Closing Date, excluding Taxes which have been accrued or reserved for in the Reference Balance Sheet (without regard to any reserve for deferred Taxes which reflects timing differences between book and Tax income); (iii) Taxes imposed on the Purchaser or the Company as a result of any breach of warranty or misrepresentation under Section 5.9 or any failure by such Seller to fulfill his, her or its obligations under this Article VIII; and (iv) any and all stock transfer, stamp, or similar Taxes payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. (b) In the case of Taxes that are payable with respect to a taxable period that begins before the Closing Date and ends after the Closing Date, the portion of any such Tax that is allocable to the portion of the period ending on the Closing Date shall be: (i) in the case of Taxes that are either (x) based upon or related to income or receipts, or (y) imposed in connection with any sale or other transfer or assignment of property (other than conveyances pursuant to this Agreement), - 31 - deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the taxable year ended with the Closing Date; and (ii) in the case of Taxes not described in subparagraph (i) that are imposed on a periodic basis and measured by the level of any item, deemed to be the amount of such Taxes for the entire period (or, in the case of such Taxes determined on an arrears basis, the amount of such Taxes for the immediately preceding period) multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the period ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire period. (c) The Sellers agree, severally and not jointly or jointly and severally, to indemnify the Purchaser and the Company from and against any and all assessments, costs, and expenses that the Purchaser or the Company may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by any liability of the Company for or on account of Taxes of any Person whether (i) under Treas. Reg. section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), (ii) as a transferee or successor, (iii) by contract, or (iv) otherwise. SECTION 8.2 RETURNS. (a) The Company shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed (at its expense) all Returns for the Company for all periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date, which are filed after the Closing Date (except to the extent that the operations of the Company on the Closing Date are required to be included in the consolidated, unitary or combined income Return of the Purchaser and its Affiliates). Such returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with the Returns of the Company filed on or prior to the Closing Date for prior fiscal periods. The Sellers shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Taxes shown as due (or required to be shown as due) on such Returns to the extent that such Taxes exceed the accrual or reserve for tax liability (as opposed to any reserve for deferred Taxes which reflects timing differences between book and Tax income) shown on the Reference Balance Sheet. (b) The Purchaser shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed (at its expense) any Returns of the Company for Tax periods which begin before the Closing Date and end after the Closing Date (and to the extent that the operations of the Company on the Closing Date are required to be included in the consolidated, unitary or combined Return of the Purchaser and its Affiliates, the Purchaser will cause the operations of the Company to be so included). The Sellers shall pay to the Purchaser within fifteen days after the date on which Taxes are paid with respect to such periods an amount equal to the portion of such Taxes which relates to the portion of such Taxable period ending on the Closing Date (as determined in accordance with Section 8.1(b)) to the extent that such Taxes (together with the Taxes with respect to Returns described in the preceding paragraph) exceed the accrual or reserve for tax liability (as opposed to any reserve for deferred Taxes which reflects timing differences between book and Tax income) shown on the Reference Balance Sheet. - 32 - SECTION 8.3 CONTESTS. (a) In the case of an audit or administrative or judicial proceeding that relates to periods ending on or before the Closing Date or for which the Purchaser may seek indemnity from the Sellers, the Sellers shall have the right, at their expense, to participate in and control the conduct of such audit or proceeding but only to the extent that such audit or proceeding relates to a potential adjustment for which the Sellers have acknowledged the Sellers' liability and the issue underlying the potential adjustment does not recur for any period ending subsequent to the Closing Date. The Sellers shall keep the Purchaser fully informed of the progress of any such audit or proceeding and, if it appears in the sole discretion of the Purchaser, that such audit or proceeding may reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Purchaser or the Company, the Purchaser also may participate in any such audit or proceeding. If the Sellers do not assume the defense of any such audit or proceeding promptly, the Purchaser may defend and settle the same (for the Sellers' account and at the Sellers' expense) in such manner as it may deem appropriate. In the event that a potential adjustment as to which the Sellers would be liable is present in the same proceeding as a potential adjustment for which the Purchaser would be liable, the Purchaser shall have the right, at its expense, to control the audit or proceeding with respect to the latter potential adjustment. (b) With respect to a potential adjustment for which both the Sellers and the Purchaser or the Company could be liable, or which involves an issue that recurs for any period ending after the Closing Date (whether or not the subject of audit at such time), (i) both the Purchaser and the Sellers may participate in the audit or proceeding, each at its own expense, and (ii) the audit or proceeding shall be controlled by that party which would bear the burden of the greater portion of the dollar amount of the adjustment and any corresponding adjustments that may reasonably be anticipated for future Tax periods. The principle set forth in the preceding sentence shall govern also for purposes of deciding any issue that must be decided jointly (in particular, choice of judicial forum) in circumstances in which separate issues are otherwise controlled hereunder by the Purchaser and the Sellers. (c) Except as provided in Section 8.4(a) above, neither the Purchaser nor the Sellers shall enter into any compromise or agree to settle any claim pursuant to any Tax audit or proceeding which would adversely affect the other party, or result in a material benefit to that party, for such year or a subsequent year without the written consent of the other party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. SECTION 8.4 MISCELLANEOUS. (a) The Sellers and the Purchaser agree to treat all payments made by either to or for the benefit of the other (including any payments to the Company) under this Article VIII, under other indemnification provisions of this Agreement and for any misrepresentations or breach of representations, warranties or covenants as adjustments to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes and that such treatment shall govern for purposes hereof except to the extent that the laws of a particular jurisdiction provide otherwise, in which case such payments shall be made in an amount sufficient to indemnify the - 33 - relevant party on an after-tax basis, including the Tax effect of such items in post-closing tax periods without regard to the time value of money. (b) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the several obligations of the Sellers to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and the Company pursuant to this Article VIII, and the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.9, shall terminate (as to any unasserted claims) as of the close of business on the 180th day following expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations with respect to the Tax liabilities in question (giving effect to any waiver, mitigation or extension thereof). ARTICLE IX CONDITIONS TO CLOSING SECTION 9.1 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE PURCHASER. The obligations of the Purchaser to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Purchaser) at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions: (a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company and the Sellers. (i) The representations and warranties of the Company and the Sellers made in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if any such representation is expressly qualified by "materiality," "Material Adverse Effect" or words of similar import, then in all respects) as of the Closing, as though made anew at and as of the Closing (except to the extent such representation or warranty speaks to an earlier date) and (ii) the Company and the Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Company and the Sellers on or before the Closing Date. (b) No Injunction, etc. No provision of any applicable Law and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect which shall prohibit the consummation of the Closing. (c) No Proceedings. No action, suit or proceeding challenging this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or seeking to prohibit, alter, prevent or materially delay the Closing or seeking material damages shall have been instituted or threatened by any Person. (d) Delivery of Documents. Each of the deliveries required by Section 4.2 shall have been made. (e) Third-Party Consents; Governmental Approvals. All consents, approvals, waivers and Permits, if any, disclosed on Schedule 5.4 attached hereto shall have been received. (f) No Material Adverse Change. Prior to the Closing Date, no event shall have occurred which, individually or in the aggregate, has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. - 34 - (g) HSR Act. The waiting period applicable to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated. (h) Exercise of Options. Not more than 1% of the outstanding Company Stock Options shall have been exercised between the date hereof and the Closing Date. SECTION 9.2 CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS OF THE SELLERS. The obligations of the Sellers to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by the Sellers) at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions: (a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Purchaser. (i) The representations and warranties of the Purchaser made in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if any such representation is expressly qualified by "materiality," "Material Adverse Effect" or words of similar import, then in all respects) as of the Closing, as though made anew at and as of the Closing (except to the extent such representation or warranty speaks to an earlier date) and (ii) the Purchaser shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Purchaser on or before the Closing Date. (b) No Injunction, etc. No provision of any applicable Law and no judgment, injunction, order or decree of any Governmental Authority shall be in effect which shall prohibit the consummation of the Closing. (c) Delivery of Documents. Each of the deliveries required by Section 4.3 shall have been made. (d) HSR Act. The waiting period applicable to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated. (e) Indebtedness. All Indebtedness of the Company to any Seller shall be paid in full (including the Company's obligation to pay in cash the accrued dividends and accrued interest thereon upon the conversion into Company common stock of all outstanding Series A Senior Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B Senior Convertible Preferred Stock), and any guaranty of Company Indebtedness by any Seller or any Affiliate thereof shall be terminated and released, and any Lien in any collateral therefor shall be terminated and released and physical possession or control of such collateral (if applicable) returned to such Seller. ARTICLE X SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION SECTION 10.1 SURVIVAL. The representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith will survive the Closing for one year; provided, however, that the Selected Representations and Warranties will survive the Closing indefinitely. Notwithstanding the - 35 - immediately preceding sentence, any representation or warranty in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement will survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence if written notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity shall have been given in good faith and with reasonable specificity to the party against whom such indemnity may be sought prior to such time; provided, however, that the applicable representation or warranty will survive only with respect to the particular inaccuracy or breach specified in such written notice. All covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement and required to be performed after the Closing will survive the Closing indefinitely. SECTION 10.2 INDEMNIFICATION. (a) Except as provided herein, as Purchaser's sole and exclusive remedy for misrepresentations by the Company and/or the Sellers, the Sellers will severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser and its officers, directors, employees, affiliates, stockholders and agents, and the successors to the foregoing (and their respective officers, directors, employees, affiliates, stockholders and agents) against any and all liabilities, damages and losses, and, but only to the extent asserted in a Third-Party Claim, punitive damages, and all costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys' and consultants' fees and expenses incurred in respect of Third-Party Claims or claims between the parties hereto ("Damages"), incurred or suffered as a result of or arising out of the failure of any representation or warranty made by the Company and/or the Sellers in Article V to be true and correct, provided, however, that (i) the Company and the Sellers will not be liable under this Section 10.2(a) (other than with respect to a breach of any of the Selected Representations and Warranties) unless the aggregate amount of Damages exceeds $500,000 and then from the first dollar to the full extent of such Damages; provided, further, that the Sellers' liability under this Section 10.2(a) (other than with respect to breach of the Selected Representations and Warranties) will not exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to $15,000,000 and (ii) the liability of each Seller with respect the Selected Representations and Warranties shall not exceed 100% of the Purchase Price actually received by such Seller. (b) Each Seller will severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Purchaser against Damages incurred or suffered as a result of or arising out of the breach of any covenant or agreement to be performed by such Seller after the Closing pursuant to this Agreement. (c) The Purchaser will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Sellers against Damages incurred or suffered as a result of or arising out of (i) the failure of any representation or warranty made by the Purchaser in Article VI to be true and correct as of the Closing Date, and (ii) the breach of any covenant or agreement to be performed by the Purchaser after the Closing pursuant to this Agreement. SECTION 10.3 PROCEDURES. (a) If any Person who or which is entitled to seek indemnification under Section 10.2 (an "Indemnified Party") receives notice of the assertion or commencement - 36 - of any Third-Party Claim against such Indemnified Party with respect to which the Person against whom or which such indemnification is being sought (an "Indemnifying Party") is obligated to provide indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party will give such Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than 20 days after receipt of such written notice of such Third-Party Claim. Such notice by the Indemnified Party will describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, will include copies of all available material written evidence thereof and will indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably estimable, of the Damages that have been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party will have the right to participate in, or, by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party, to assume, the defense of any Third-Party Claim at such Indemnifying Party's own expense and by such Indemnifying Party's own counsel (which will be reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party), and the Indemnified Party will cooperate in good faith in such defense. (b) If, within 20 days after giving notice of a Third-Party Claim to an Indemnifying Party pursuant to Section 10.3(a), an Indemnified Party receives written notice from the Indemnifying Party that the Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim as provided in the last sentence of Section 10.3(a), the Indemnifying Party will not be liable for any legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however, that if the Indemnifying Party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third-Party Claim within ten days after receiving written notice from the Indemnified Party or if the Indemnified Party reasonably believes the Indemnifying Party has failed to take such steps or if the Indemnifying Party has not undertaken fully to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of all Damages relating to the matter, the Indemnified Party may assume its own defense, and the Indemnifying Party will be liable for all reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection therewith; provided, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the costs and expenses of more than one counsel for all Indemnified Parties in any one jurisdiction. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party will not enter into any settlement of any Third-Party Claim which would lead to liability or create any financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, or which provides for injunctive or other non-monetary relief applicable to the Indemnified Party, or does not include an unconditional release of all Indemnified Parties. If a firm offer is made to settle a Third-Party Claim without leading to liability or the creation of a financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and the Indemnifying Party desires to accept and agree to such offer, the Indemnifying Party will give written notice to the Indemnified Party to that effect. If the Indemnified Party fails to consent to such firm offer within ten days after its receipt of such notice, the Indemnified Party may continue to contest or defend such Third-Party Claim and, in such event, the maximum liability of the Indemnifying Party as to such Third-Party Claim will not exceed the amount of such settlement offer. The Indemnified Party will provide the Indemnifying Party with reasonable access during normal business hours to books, records and employees of the Indemnified Party - 37 - necessary in connection with the Indemnifying Party's defense of any Third-Party Claim which is the subject of a claim for indemnification by an Indemnified Party hereunder. (c) Any claim by an Indemnified Party on account of Damages which does not result from a Third-Party Claim (a "Direct Claim") will be asserted by giving the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof. Such notice by the Indemnified Party will describe the Direct Claim in reasonable detail, will include copies of all available material written evidence thereof and will indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of Damages that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party will have a period of 20 days within which to respond in writing to such Direct Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not so respond within such 20 day period, the Indemnifying Party will be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which event the Indemnified Party will be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to the Indemnified Party on the terms and subject to the provisions of this Agreement. (d) A failure to give timely notice or to include any specified information in any notice as provided in Section 10.3(a), 10.3(b) or 10.3(c) will not affect the rights or obligations of any party hereunder, except and only to the extent that, as a result of such failure, any party which was entitled to receive such notice was deprived of its right to recover any payment under its applicable insurance coverage or was otherwise materially prejudiced as a result of such failure. SECTION 10.4 PAYMENT OF INDEMNIFICATION PAYMENTS. All indemnifiable Damages under this Agreement will be paid in cash in immediately available funds, and all claims by the Purchaser first shall be payable to the extent of available funds from the Escrow Account, and the several nature of the Sellers' representations and warranties shall not affect the Purchaser's right to collect the total amount of any Damages from the Escrow Account for which indemnification is provided hereunder. Claims in excess of the Escrow Amount may be made against the respective Sellers. All Indemnifiable Damages payable by the Sellers under this Article X shall be net of amounts actually recovered by the Purchaser or its Affiliates under any insurance policy. SECTION 10.5 REASSIGNMENT OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE. In the event of a claim for indemnification by the Purchaser as result of a breach of the representations or warranties regarding the collection of Accounts Receivable, the Purchaser shall, upon receipt from the Sellers of a payment equal to the amount of such Accounts Receivable, assign or reassign to Sellers' Representative for the benefit of the Sellers such Account(s) Receivable (including any retention or holdback) that is subject to the claim for indemnification, and thereafter, the Sellers shall have the right to collect such Account(s) Receivables in such manner as they deem appropriate. - 38 - ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS SECTION 11.1 TERMINATION. (a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing: (i) By the mutual written consent of the Purchaser and the Sellers; (ii) By the Purchaser, if there has been a material violation or breach by the Sellers or the Company of any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement which has prevented the satisfaction of any condition to the obligations of the Purchaser at the Closing, and such violation or breach has not been waived by the Purchaser or, in the case of a covenant breach, cured by the Sellers or the Company within ten days after written notice thereof from the Purchaser; (iii) By the Sellers, if there has been a material violation or breach by the Purchaser of any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement which has prevented the satisfaction of any condition to the obligations of the Sellers at the Closing, and such violation or breach has not been waived by the Sellers or, in the case of a covenant breach, cured by the Purchaser within ten days after written notice thereof from the Sellers; (iv) By the Purchaser or the Sellers if the transactions contemplated hereby have not been consummated by June 30, 2004, which date shall be extended if Purchaser's registration statement with respect to the sale of securities to finance the Purchase Price shall have been filed as provided in Section 7.5 but not, as of June 30, 2004, been declared effective, to the date which is five Business Days after the date such registration statement becomes effective, but in any event not later than August 15, 2004; provided, however, that neither the Purchaser nor the Sellers will be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(a)(iv) if such Person's breach of this Agreement has prevented the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (v) By the Purchaser in the event the Purchaser is unable to satisfy its financing requirements to fund the Purchase Price under this Agreement; provided, however, that Purchaser will not be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(a)(v) if Purchaser has breached Section 7.5 of this Agreement; or (vi) By the Purchaser if prior to the expiration of five days from the date hereof, holders of 100% of all issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company have not executed and delivered this Agreement. (b) In the event that this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11.1(a), all further obligations of each party hereto under this Agreement (other than pursuant to Sections 11.4 and 7.3(b), which will continue in full force and effect) will terminate - 39 - without further liability or obligation of any party to the other party hereunder (except as set forth in Section 11.1(c)); provided, however, that no party will be released from liability hereunder for any (i) willful failure of such party to have performed its obligations hereunder prior to such termination or (ii) intentional misrepresentation made by such party prior to such termination of any matter set forth herein. (c) In the event that this Agreement is terminated by (i) the Sellers or the Purchaser pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(iv) and at such time (A) the registration statement referred to therein shall not have been filed, or if filed shall not have been declared effective (or if previously declared effective, shall be subject to a "stop order" issued by the SEC) and (B) all of the Purchaser's conditions to close this Agreement have been satisfied; or (ii) the Purchaser pursuant to or Section 11.1(a)(v), the Purchaser shall issue to the Company unregistered shares of the Purchaser's common stock valued at $4.5 million based on the average closing price of the common stock for the ten trading days immediately preceding the date of such termination, or at the Purchaser's option, cash in the amount of $4.5 million, as liquidated damages, in which event the Purchaser shall have no further obligation to the Sellers or the Company hereunder (except as provided in Section 11.1(b)), provided, however, the Purchaser shall have no obligation to pay such amount if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States, which would make it, in the judgment of the Purchaser, impracticable or inadvisable to market the securities of the Purchaser in order to fund the Purchase Price under this Agreement. In the event shares of the Purchaser's common stock are issued to the Company pursuant to this Section, the Company and the Purchaser will enter into a mutually agreed upon registration rights agreement providing for piggyback registration rights on customary terms, subject to all registration rights currently in effect with respect to the Purchaser's common stock. SECTION 11.2 NOTICES. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder will be in writing and, unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered in person or when dispatched by electronic facsimile transfer (receipt confirmed) or one business day after having been dispatched by a nationally recognized overnight courier service to the appropriate party at the address specified below: (a) If to the Purchaser to: Input/Output, Inc. 12300 Parc Crest Drive Stafford, Texas 77477 Facsimile No.: 281.879.3600 Attention: J. Michael Kirksey - 40 - with a copy to: Porter & Hedges, L.L.P. 700 Louisiana Street, 35th Floor Houston, Texas 77002 Facsimile No.: 713.228.1331 Attention: T. William Porter Richard L. Wynne (b) If to the Sellers or the Company, to: c/o GX Technology Corporation 5847 San Felipe Street, Suite 3800 Houston, Texas 77057 Facsimile No. 713.789.7201 Attention: Randy G. Finch with a copy to: Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP 1111 Louisiana Street 44th Floor Houston, Texas 77002-5200 Facsimile No.: 713.236.0822 Attention: James L. Rice III or to such other address or addresses as any such party may from time to time designate as to itself by like notice. SECTION 11.3 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. (a) Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived if, but only if, such amendment or waiver is in writing and is signed, in the case of an amendment, by each party to this Agreement, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. (b) No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof nor will any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided will be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by Law. SECTION 11.4 EXPENSES. Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, the parties will pay or cause to be paid all of their own fees and expenses incident to this Agreement and in preparing to consummate and in consummating the transactions contemplated hereby, including the fees and expenses of any broker, finder, financial advisor, investment banker, legal advisor or similar person engaged by such party, provided, the Company shall be entitled to pay the - 41 - reasonable fees and expenses of one law firm for the Company incurred with respect to matters that may be specific to one or more individual Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. SECTION 11.5 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. The provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. No party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement (including any transfer by way of merger or operation of law) without the consent of each other party hereto; provided, however, that the Purchaser may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a wholly-owned Affiliate of the Purchaser, it being understood that such assignment will not relieve the Purchaser from its obligations hereunder; and provided further, however, nothing herein shall restrict (i) the trustees of the Thomas D. Barrow 2004 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust or the Janice H. Barrow Grantor Retained Annuity Trust from terminating such trusts after the Closing and distributing the trusts' assets to their respective beneficiaries, or otherwise distributing any such assets prior to termination of such trusts to their respective beneficiaries, which shall be deemed to have assumed, severally, all continuing liabilities of such trusts hereunder or (ii) the board of directors and shareholders of TEBAK, Inc. or the partners of TEBAK Partnership, L.P., from dissolving either entity and distributing such entities' assets to shareholders or partners, respectively, which shall be deemed to have assumed, severally, all continuing liabilities of such entities hereunder. Any assignment in violation of the preceding sentence will be void ab initio. SECTION 11.6 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Except as provided in Article X and Sections 3.3, 7.1(m), 7.7 and 11.5, this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and their permitted successors and assigns, and nothing herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and such permitted successors and assigns, any legal or equitable rights hereunder. SECTION 11.7 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas, regardless of the Laws that might otherwise govern under principles of conflict of laws thereof. SECTION 11.8 PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS. From the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Sellers and the Purchaser will obtain the approval of each other before issuing, or permitting any agent or Affiliate to issue, any press releases or otherwise making or permitting any agent or Affiliate to make any public statements with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, this provision will not restrict either party from issuing any press release or public statement required by applicable securities laws. SECTION 11.9 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which will be considered one and the same agreement and will become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party. SECTION 11.10 TABLE OF CONTENTS; HEADINGS. The table of contents and headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions hereof. - 42 - SECTION 11.11 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto) and the Ancillary Agreements constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement (including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto) and the Ancillary Agreements supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof of this Agreement. SECTION 11.12 SEVERABILITY; INJUNCTIVE RELIEF. (a) If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any Person or circumstance is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement (or the application of such provision in other jurisdictions or to Persons or circumstances other than those to which it was held invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and to the extent permitted by applicable Law, any such provision will be restricted in applicability or reformed to the minimum extent required for such provision to be enforceable. This provision will be interpreted and enforced to give effect to the original written intent of the parties prior to the determination of such invalidity or unenforceability. (b) The parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Sections 7.2 and 7.3(b) are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Purchaser, its Affiliates and their businesses and the Sellers, its Affiliates and their businesses (in the case of Section 7.3(b) only) and that any violation of Sections 7.2 or 7.3(b) will result in irreparable injury to the Purchaser and its Affiliates (or the Sellers and its Affiliates, in the case of Section 7.3(b) only), the exact amount of which will be difficult to ascertain and the remedies at Law for which will not be reasonable or adequate compensation to the Purchaser and its Affiliates (or the Sellers and its Affiliates, in the case of Section 7.3(b) only) for such a violation. Accordingly, the Sellers agrees that if they violate any of the provisions of Sections 7.2 or 7.3(b), and the Purchaser agrees that if it violates any of the provisions of Section 7.3(b), in addition to any other remedy available at Law or in equity, the Purchaser (or the Sellers, in the case of Section 7.3(b) only) will be entitled to seek specific performance or injunctive relief without posting a bond, or other security, and without the necessity of proving actual damages. - 43 - The parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written. INPUT/OUTPUT, INC. By: -------------------------------------------------- Name: ------------------------------------------------ Title: ----------------------------------------------- GX TECHNOLOGY CORPORATION By: -------------------------------------------------- Name: ------------------------------------------------ Title: ----------------------------------------------- SELLERS: BA CAPITAL COMPANY, L.P. BY: -------------------------------------------------- Walker L. Poole, General Partner TEBAK, INC. BY: -------------------------------------------------- Thomas D. Barrow, President TEBAK PARTNERSHIP L.P. BY TEBAK, INC., Its General Partner BY: ------------------------------------------------ Thomas D. Barrow, President - 44 - THOMAS D. BARROW 2004 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST BY: -------------------------------------------------- Kenneth T. Barrow, Co-Trustee of the Thomas D. Barrow Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, solely in his fiduciary capacity and not in his individual capacity BY: -------------------------------------------------- Elizabeth Barrow Brueggeman, Co-Trustee of the Thomas D. Barrow Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, solely in his fiduciary capacity and not in his individual capacity JANICE H. BARROW 2004 GRANTOR RETAINED ANNUITY TRUST BY: -------------------------------------------------- Kenneth T. Barrow, Co-Trustee of the Thomas D. Barrow Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, solely in his fiduciary capacity and not in his individual capacity BY: -------------------------------------------------- Elizabeth Barrow Brueggeman, Co-Trustee of the Thomas D. Barrow Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, solely in his fiduciary capacity and not in his individual capacity ----------------------------------------------------- Thomas D. Barrow ----------------------------------------------------- Donald E. Larson ----------------------------------------------------- G. David Dubois - 45 - ----------------------------------------------------- Robert S. Limbaugh, Jr. ----------------------------------------------------- J. Pat Lindsey CHARLENE W. PATCH FAMILY TRUST By: -------------------------------------------------- Name: ------------------------------------------------ Title: ----------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------- Michael K. Lambert ----------------------------------------------------- Randy G. Finch ----------------------------------------------------- Susan E. Collins ----------------------------------------------------- Marc de Buyl ----------------------------------------------------- Christopher R. Dick ----------------------------------------------------- Kevin D. Grove ----------------------------------------------------- Karen A. Julien - 46 - ----------------------------------------------------- George Farmer ----------------------------------------------------- Doyle Fouquet ----------------------------------------------------- Jean-Paul Jeannot ----------------------------------------------------- Phillip Wrangle - 47 -
EX-23.1 3 h14972exv23w1.txt CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP EXHIBIT 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-3 of our report dated February 27, 2004, except as to the paragraph titled "Restatement" in Note 1, which is as of May 10, 2004, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule, which appears in Input/Output, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, as amended by Form 10-K/A-1 and Form 10-K/A-2. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Registration Statement. Houston, Texas May 10, 2004 EX-23.2 4 h14972exv23w2.htm CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP exv23w2

 

EXHIBIT 23.2

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ CONSENT

      We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Input/Output, Inc. on Form S-3 of our report dated November 17, 2003, relating to the consolidated financial statements of GX Technology Corporation appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas

May 10, 2004
GRAPHIC 5 h14972iologo2c.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 h14972iologo2c.gif M1TE&.#EAP`!``/<````````````````````````!`0`!`0`!`0`!`0`!`0`` M`0```0```0```0```0```0```0```0```@```@`!`@`!`@```@```@```P`` M`P`!`P`!`P`!`P`!`P`!!``!!``!!``!!0`"!@`""``#"@`#"P`##0`$$``% M$@`&%``'%0`(%P`)&``*&@`-'``0'@`2(0`4(P`6)0`7*``9*P`;+@`=,0`> M-``@-P`B.@`D/0`E0``G0P`H1@`J20`K2P`M3@`O40`P5``R5P`T6@`U70`W M8``X8@`Z9``[9P`\:0`]:P`^;0`_;@`_;P!`<`!`<`!`<0!!<0!!<@!!<@!! M<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!!<@!"<@!" M<@!"<@!"<@!"<@!"<@!"<@!!<@!"<@!!<0!!<0!!<0!!<0!!<0!!<0!"<@!" M<@!"<@!"<@!"<@!"<@!"<@!"<@!#<@!#!A.>!A.>!M/>!U/>2!0 M>2)1>211>211>2=2>BA2>BI3>BQ4>RY5>R]5?#%6?#-7?#17?398?3=9?3I: M?CQ;?SU@$)?@45@@49A@D=B@DEB@TMDA$YFA5!GAE%HAE1J MAU9KB%AMB5QOBUYQC&!SC6)TCF9WD&AXD6Q\DV]^E72!EWB%F7N'FW^+GH2/ MH8F3I(Z7IY.\Q+S`R,#$R\7(S\G- MT\W0U='4V=;8W=GXN#AY>+DY^;GZNCJ[.GJ[>OL[NSM[^[O\._O\?#Q M\_'R\_+S]/+S]//T]?/T]?3T]?3T]?7U]O;V]_;W^/;W^/?X^/CX^?GY^OKZ M^_O[^_S]_?W]_O[^_O___RP`````P`!````(_P#_"1Q(L*#!@P@3*ES(L*'# MAQ`C2IPXL!^_?!@S:MS(L:/'CR!#BAP9$I_)D_WT45S),N*[6]ZV;>,V4Z;- MFC=QVM3&4UNVGS^Q"15ZK:BUH]:J*:7&=-HT:5"C18,V%1JT9UB=:6W&E=DR MK\K")DN&#-FQL\>,&2M6C!BQ8<*$!9L+#-BON[YZ^?+DJ:7?OPF_O3)'N+#A MP^?,E5O,F)SC<>(BAYL\&9QE<-^^>>O&N1O-GCQ_&CVZM.G3I]*F8GWFK"NS MU\N4Q29;-JW:MG'CS@WV:Q@F,("#"Q:55IM55XS7BTS M5FVVL<7>6W(%8]===^VBRXLOYI*?+C'``."-+#ER33G./9=@9=,Q2)V#GD&X MC4]`<6=A:1I:Q5J''[[&3%AEF7466R:VIQMO+.8%(XRXW'(++@F<@N.9$\%Q MS(]`9B:DD$06:9U,H0$UVI(90B6-55=EU5IYY]%FY6WKN04772O>Q8N+7^9B MBRVR@/$,FI1"%,M9:6!K_ M>JB*+.+%*(PR/IK(!97VZI`CS(3#6:=Q=@9AJ*).>"=22CFE9U6LL?:A:[%5 M:64QL)XX*WPL]L++ER^&^>@EF`@SS+FZU95H7KWLXJXN,HJK'RVTS!)+++#` M\LHKK;"RBBJJI(+**::84@HIHH0"RB=\<;+))II@@HDEE4PR2220/.(((XLD M@L@AAA`R2""`^#%($*(:0V=`95(6E-28.:>%(Y MV9J4R\RFS(BU$7KNTL+8-9]\O=QBRRVY^"+-F\;F='.2I%986L^II0;MJB&. MA?2K:VG9M+I0+\JHU+A\TL,]"`G2B#B_L*#WWGSW_]WW"H"K$+@*A!=.>`J( M)YX""HPWSO@)D$=^@@F44U["Y268@#D)G',^PN`0>XX[[!!AIHP'OO&02/0088%'^!!\!AK3 MX`8YZD$W%*J#$H(`P"(@X@58D$(/+,$&)K)A*N\PY96FT1.?^N0A\SS#!KM@ MR3-J\8D8H.,A^FC'GJ[!#6U8`QG"P`4M6O&O?['B%;'`A2[:)8M6Y&(9-KR1 M,=I0AQ(D(R*$N`,S!)'*3$!C6B"2TGG"H@PKH2U;LH)+,7*0RY7`PAEA*(!# M[%'_CF=8`QS=.(8N5$$*4!AT89](:"_$5I9(!"MDX`"V$.D'+Z21`24@A!M[S<4J>-O;?PG, M8,-%V"B(NS!1@&*I35UNH!F%X\@P-%,,@[ M@N&+_2+:M\!%!8!-808(V&(AO1@"'QYKY>V7;T##%0PPAD&`T8QG(IJ9_Q*JLDMA ML`-0H2'RR,$>,'&):E/BVAG+]K85X3%%J&$=#1E'*!@A@%0(IPN:,`4<9*V, M=]]:2[O_&<8N=NV79-C"$R60AT'$H8QJ'MM?`1L8@!,!@OCNH1$-]S1T0\UM MCQFB#P=?2#/T@(<3?&,XHC"#,0@AZV28'->SFHLP5DYOEKS"&6!`P$%^H8M_ M!SG91#9%%'H.D77((>B4P/(C0MVQ1(#,$%Q@R",VH80#`$@8JT@&(;*Y$E=8 MO5"RRDV*[!(,7;"<)=V0!BL^\/2"1",59@?X8`?&9E*TP!P2L4,AKBQWB7.L MVR`[A!\HH9!PA&(0!8@%@/Q!AU_,`18M:04R3H3RW:CK+L'(Q>,I8H]:$",. MH2V(;@\-9'_Y=V!$+H4GT#`14.1!Z)&8N[9/;W=#&$(0;TB(_S\P(0HI=`%' MH!"#,`+1$E;L?FGNV8V*$O6+X`]_(J]HQA7$?A!)8/[8SS=PPV4*EN`*$_$, M@B!T$;=]=7<(A6`(A0`$\X`0AL`)2:!=.)(/,(VK8( M%)<($!@R-B!S!T%=%&!?:$('OG`'N;`2K&`,\O=[M=(EO=`+ME`$*`@1^8`+ MQW`'CY`0GI`(_.5;K+!Y.D=&&$,K`"/VB:$(%BC=(C8@U""KA$/D@"ZX@"=V8?:97 M='97"(?0!!%P$.*0"HV@`,6`0FK`"*20B/,H#(THC.`"(_J(B0S!#+:0"2BP M;@MA!EZPAH3_90JD,(UO>%2(E0B5T!#PH`S,(%G/19&FMXJ&@`AMT`+L8!#- M$`AT(`*"AD*UX`6^0$X2H0HHB1?WB(_@TI(2`0O-H`40X!#>$`6AP`H':5@W MZ).)18#'D%4)80VRP`Q6]G#>J'W;MHJ'4`!4//8`F]8`?O M@!#YP`[K$)F2Z0ZI(`QNLY*8F0NZ,`M*,`[KH`Z@&9GM8`\)<0W.,`H58(L. M<012(#!$%6#5B%BAD%"?0%7*=@O3,`Z49@W)\`O/D`RGR&"IV)=%>`AF``+( MX!Z*ATR:B9G@(B-B4@NC$!_L_Z(7>.`+ M""$/KB`,9L`($;$-4#`(.!A@H@"72:54FQ`*LR`+^D(+MC`,S\`-Q?`(DD!Z M>RF$Q*D(C0`%"1`-![$/E&`*5""'/;0+6Z`+6FD0UY`(7((7O]`+W-DH\O(H MMB!-N)(+O#`#\$40KL`,5[``%+$)/S`'FZ"3](E0M`*(8FAB5`?]W$?'XH?4B.BCU(+M4`O M7LJ?-)"B`N$/OY`,%5`'*\$.+!`$F%`*]$F;B\58C0555>9PUP9J$M<(C\`' M4L``X9<0C+`*#C`%:R007[`*;F`F!7$-B/\`EBN)'R&JI5PZJ9/JI;<0I@9! M#[#P"VI0"'\1!B?`!80P"J4PFPK%4`^3JISV5-56,5B6,9&`,83@`Q/@!.:9 M$/RP":4@!710J`*!!GK0"6F`H8?@J%6:"V*BI9)*JP"$>:$,%`"'9P`57I MJX0@"ZI0"XM:K/>!"_PJ)O[JK\H:L,WJI;4P`S)%$/K`"\K``,,Z'.ZP"SW0 M`2Z@!'=0")>P"9[@K9JPL>&:"0YE"8U0"&@@!1VP`#1P!DK8$([0"A'@@KXJ M$.(`";B`!QDU$(S_2J7[B@M5RJ\\R[/_FJS+VJ67>K`#D0W/@`H>0`XWL@_/ MT`8ZX`$CH`-*<`9R``B$H`B*$(Z',`A[,`=>``4LT`'.8P:5P`\000ZN8`@8 MT`TO.Q!F@`>?4`8$P0U!X`#8<[=XF[[JHF[JJ:[J=)!"ID`Q/X'=M&QR(4`H[0`"S2Q#K``BU@`;B0$1\Y`DDP&>Y MVQ+9``N$,`+$6[Q6(`IR$)0\]`ZKX`MD$`K%ZQ?]\`FB``5]<;T"P0Q6_R`+ M?D`/\R`/YAL/Z)N^\7"^YGN^ZON^\!N_\4`/K9`,;``"^R"_[PL/_!L/\."_ M_!O``BS`[U#`!GS`"&S`[K#`#-S`[?#`$-P.[##!%`R9[<`(HM`#M>6]`[$( MI(`*N=`ND#C")+PHD.@N*)R9QPJI/BLFSA`,EF`)M;"E7CH+]3(+^2D+]W(O M^K(OK^`*0`S$_>5;@04P`$.#-5@P")F0\YE8!L4P<.6)L(@O_P!'64Q0,!""@0/)*<`<`S MR99\R9ALR<6SR1BPKD1LD#5(,`#&Q&5\4*8,Q5+F,!PKQ>(:PX(\R(0!8=T9'CH4`SH-`"'/@`>!`SCT4#ZF`"Z=`6$G\ MFE[/JH]KE(,9PJ#!/[-1][,<7+3$,MV#6#`D1EX>V[#&Y['V&$`A)\`EB MG4*L,`0+T`"*O=B+W3V._=B0_3T,L`"3/6*6/6(*D-F:K=D)L-F9#6/B,SZB M+=KE4]JF?0`&8``!8`&%G4*D8`A!&MNR/=NT7=NV?=NXG=NQO6W:UMN^W=N' ,@`NM/=S$[1
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----